INSERT INTO `wp_posts` VALUES (4994,16,'2011-08-30 13:48:20','2011-08-30 13:48:20','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><img width=\"466\" height=\"311\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/phoster-1.jpg\" title=\"\" alt=\"\"></td>\r\n<td><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/phosterlogo.png\" alt=\"Phoster App Icon\" />\r\n\r\nCreate your own posters, flyers, and invitations with Phoster for iPhone. Use the ready-made templates or customize the template to fit your project…whatever the occasion, there\'s a Phoster for you. </td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Bucket Labs</li>\r\n<li>Make your own posters and invitations</li>\r\n<li>72 free templates with multiple designs</li>\r\n<li>Use photos from camera roll or in-app camera</li>\r\n<li>Shares to Facebook, Flickr, Twitter, Tumblr, Instagram, email, and several other apps</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>User-friendly</li>\r\n<li>Slick, clean templates</li>\r\n<li>Use filters and other decorations to jazz up your posters</li>\r\n<li>Print posters with AirPrint</li>\r\n<li>Save as high-resolution files</li>\r\n<li>In-app user manual</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Moving text can be a little bit cumbersome</li>\r\n<li>Changing text color can also be a little bit cumbersome - especially if you have large fingers</li>\r\n<li>No easy undo action</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPhoster is great for anyone looking to create fun posters, invites, and other slick designs of text over photos. Fun and simple!  \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]What can we say…Phoster is slick, clean, fun, and functional. It doesn\'t get much better than that.[/tab] \r\n\r\n[/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nWhat can we say about this app, other than we love it. It\'s fun, it\'s slick, it\'s well-designed, and it\'s useful. Even if you haven\'t got any posters or invitations to make you\'ll easily find some excuse to use it. The free templates are really well put together, and it seems there\'s a template for every occasion. \r\n\r\nThe user interface is simple and well-designed, and easy-to-use. You simply begin by choosing your poster template, uploading a photo from your camera roll (or taking a photo with the in-app camera) and then editing to your specification. The in-app photo editing features include brightness, contrast, and saturation; and you can customize every part of the text including size, color, and font style. Easily scroll through the text using the previous / next buttons. After creating and editing your poster, add filters and effects, then share with friends. \r\n\r\nDespite the apps pure awesomeness, there\'s a few small gripes - there is no easy Undo action, which would be really useful given that if you make a mistake that you really want to fix it means starting all over again. A real bummer if you\'ve got an awesome poster in the works. The only other small (and it\'s really small) gripe is that if you want to move the text to another location on the poster you must hold and drag - not a massive problem but it can be a little bit difficult to drag and drop each separate text line into place. \r\n\r\nGiven the few small idioms, on the whole Phoster is definitely a must-have for anyone into photography, design, and typography. It\'s a fun way to make posters, flyers, invitations and other quirky signs on your iPhone. \r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Phoster\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Phoster 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n','Phoster - A Fun Way To Mix Photos & Design ','','inherit','open','open','','4979-revision-10','','','2011-08-30 13:48:20','2011-08-30 13:48:20','',4979,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4979-revision-10.html',0,'revision','',0),(4996,16,'2011-08-30 13:49:41','2011-08-30 13:49:41','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><img width=\"466\" height=\"311\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/phoster-1.jpg\" title=\"\" alt=\"\"></td>\r\n<td><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/phosterlogo.png\" alt=\"Phoster App Icon\" />\r\n\r\nCreate your own posters, flyers, and invitations with Phoster for iPhone. Use the ready-made templates or customize the template to fit your project…whatever the occasion, there\'s a Phoster for you. </td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Bucket Labs</li>\r\n<li>Make your own posters and invitations</li>\r\n<li>72 free templates with multiple designs</li>\r\n<li>Use photos from camera roll or in-app camera</li>\r\n<li>Shares to Facebook, Flickr, Twitter, Tumblr, Instagram, email, and several other apps</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>User-friendly</li>\r\n<li>Slick, clean templates</li>\r\n<li>Use filters and other decorations to jazz up your posters</li>\r\n<li>Print posters with AirPrint</li>\r\n<li>Save as high-resolution files</li>\r\n<li>In-app user manual</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Moving text can be a little bit cumbersome</li>\r\n<li>Changing text color can also be a little bit cumbersome - especially if you have large fingers</li>\r\n<li>No easy undo action</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPhoster is great for anyone looking to create fun posters, invites, and other slick designs of text over photos. Fun and simple!  \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]What can we say…Phoster is slick, clean, fun, and functional. It doesn\'t get much better than that.[/tab] \r\n\r\n[/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nWhat can we say about this app, other than we love it. It\'s fun, it\'s slick, it\'s well-designed, and it\'s useful. Even if you haven\'t got any posters or invitations to make you\'ll easily find some excuse to use it. The free templates are really well put together, and it seems there\'s a template for every occasion. \r\n\r\nThe user interface is simple and well-designed, and easy-to-use. You simply begin by choosing your poster template, uploading a photo from your camera roll (or taking a photo with the in-app camera) and then editing to your specification. The in-app photo editing features include brightness, contrast, and saturation; and you can customize every part of the text including size, color, and font style. Easily scroll through the text using the previous / next buttons. After creating and editing your poster, add filters and effects, then share with friends. \r\n\r\nDespite the apps pure awesomeness, there\'s a few small gripes - there is no easy Undo action, which would be really useful given that if you make a mistake that you really want to fix it means starting all over again. A real bummer if you\'ve got an awesome poster in the works. The only other small (and it\'s really small) gripe is that if you want to move the text to another location on the poster you must hold and drag - not a massive problem but it can be a little bit difficult to drag and drop each separate text line into place. \r\n\r\nGiven the few small idioms, on the whole Phoster is definitely a must-have for anyone into photography, design, and typography. It\'s a fun way to make posters, flyers, invitations and other quirky signs on your iPhone. \r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Phoster\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Phoster 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n','Phoster - A Fun Way To Mix Photos & Design ','','inherit','open','open','','4979-revision-12','','','2011-08-30 13:49:41','2011-08-30 13:49:41','',4979,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4979-revision-12.html',0,'revision','',0),(4991,16,'2011-08-30 13:45:22','2011-08-30 13:45:22','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/phoster-1.jpg\"><img title=\"\" width=\"466\" height=\"311\" alt=\"Phoster Screen Shots\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/phosterlogo.png\" alt=\"Phoster App Icon\" />\r\n\r\nCreate your own posters, flyers, and invitations with Phoster for iPhone. Use the ready-made templates or customize the template to fit your project…whatever the occasion, there\'s a Phoster for you. </td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Bucket Labs</li>\r\n<li>Make your own posters and invitations</li>\r\n<li>72 free templates with multiple designs</li>\r\n<li>Use photos from camera roll or in-app camera</li>\r\n<li>Shares to Facebook, Flickr, Twitter, Tumblr, Instagram, email, and several other apps</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>User-friendly</li>\r\n<li>Slick, clean templates</li>\r\n<li>Use filters and other decorations to jazz up your posters</li>\r\n<li>Print posters with AirPrint</li>\r\n<li>Save as high-resolution files</li>\r\n<li>In-app user manual</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Moving text can be a little bit cumbersome</li>\r\n<li>Changing text color can also be a little bit cumbersome - especially if you have large fingers</li>\r\n<li>No easy undo action</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPhoster is great for anyone looking to create fun posters, invites, and other slick designs of text over photos. Fun and simple!  \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]What can we say…Phoster is slick, clean, fun, and functional. It doesn\'t get much better than that.[/tab] \r\n\r\n[/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nWhat can we say about this app, other than we love it. It\'s fun, it\'s slick, it\'s well-designed, and it\'s useful. Even if you haven\'t got any posters or invitations to make you\'ll easily find some excuse to use it. The free templates are really well put together, and it seems there\'s a template for every occasion. \r\n\r\nThe user interface is simple and well-designed, and easy-to-use. You simply begin by choosing your poster template, uploading a photo from your camera roll (or taking a photo with the in-app camera) and then editing to your specification. The in-app photo editing features include brightness, contrast, and saturation; and you can customize every part of the text including size, color, and font style. Easily scroll through the text using the previous / next buttons. After creating and editing your poster, add filters and effects, then share with friends. \r\n\r\nDespite the apps pure awesomeness, there\'s a few small gripes - there is no easy Undo action, which would be really useful given that if you make a mistake that you really want to fix it means starting all over again. A real bummer if you\'ve got an awesome poster in the works. The only other small (and it\'s really small) gripe is that if you want to move the text to another location on the poster you must hold and drag - not a massive problem but it can be a little bit difficult to drag and drop each separate text line into place. \r\n\r\nGiven the few small idioms, on the whole Phoster is definitely a must-have for anyone into photography, design, and typography. It\'s a fun way to make posters, flyers, invitations and other quirky signs on your iPhone. \r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Phoster\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Phoster 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n','Phoster - A Fun Way To Mix Photos & Design ','','inherit','open','open','','4979-revision-7','','','2011-08-30 13:45:22','2011-08-30 13:45:22','',4979,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4979-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(4992,16,'2011-08-30 13:47:37','2011-08-30 13:47:37','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><img width=\"466\" height=\"311\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/phoster-1.jpg\" title=\"\" alt=\"\"></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/phosterlogo.png\" alt=\"Phoster App Icon\" />\r\n\r\nCreate your own posters, flyers, and invitations with Phoster for iPhone. Use the ready-made templates or customize the template to fit your project…whatever the occasion, there\'s a Phoster for you. </td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Bucket Labs</li>\r\n<li>Make your own posters and invitations</li>\r\n<li>72 free templates with multiple designs</li>\r\n<li>Use photos from camera roll or in-app camera</li>\r\n<li>Shares to Facebook, Flickr, Twitter, Tumblr, Instagram, email, and several other apps</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>User-friendly</li>\r\n<li>Slick, clean templates</li>\r\n<li>Use filters and other decorations to jazz up your posters</li>\r\n<li>Print posters with AirPrint</li>\r\n<li>Save as high-resolution files</li>\r\n<li>In-app user manual</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Moving text can be a little bit cumbersome</li>\r\n<li>Changing text color can also be a little bit cumbersome - especially if you have large fingers</li>\r\n<li>No easy undo action</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPhoster is great for anyone looking to create fun posters, invites, and other slick designs of text over photos. Fun and simple!  \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]What can we say…Phoster is slick, clean, fun, and functional. It doesn\'t get much better than that.[/tab] \r\n\r\n[/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nWhat can we say about this app, other than we love it. It\'s fun, it\'s slick, it\'s well-designed, and it\'s useful. Even if you haven\'t got any posters or invitations to make you\'ll easily find some excuse to use it. The free templates are really well put together, and it seems there\'s a template for every occasion. \r\n\r\nThe user interface is simple and well-designed, and easy-to-use. You simply begin by choosing your poster template, uploading a photo from your camera roll (or taking a photo with the in-app camera) and then editing to your specification. The in-app photo editing features include brightness, contrast, and saturation; and you can customize every part of the text including size, color, and font style. Easily scroll through the text using the previous / next buttons. After creating and editing your poster, add filters and effects, then share with friends. \r\n\r\nDespite the apps pure awesomeness, there\'s a few small gripes - there is no easy Undo action, which would be really useful given that if you make a mistake that you really want to fix it means starting all over again. A real bummer if you\'ve got an awesome poster in the works. The only other small (and it\'s really small) gripe is that if you want to move the text to another location on the poster you must hold and drag - not a massive problem but it can be a little bit difficult to drag and drop each separate text line into place. \r\n\r\nGiven the few small idioms, on the whole Phoster is definitely a must-have for anyone into photography, design, and typography. It\'s a fun way to make posters, flyers, invitations and other quirky signs on your iPhone. \r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Phoster\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Phoster 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n','Phoster - A Fun Way To Mix Photos & Design ','','inherit','open','open','','4979-revision-8','','','2011-08-30 13:47:37','2011-08-30 13:47:37','',4979,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4979-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(4993,16,'2011-08-30 13:47:59','2011-08-30 13:47:59','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><img width=\"466\" height=\"311\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/phoster-1.jpg\" title=\"\" alt=\"\"></td>\r\n<td><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/phosterlogo.png\" alt=\"Phoster App Icon\" />\r\n\r\nCreate your own posters, flyers, and invitations with Phoster for iPhone. Use the ready-made templates or customize the template to fit your project…whatever the occasion, there\'s a Phoster for you. </td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Bucket Labs</li>\r\n<li>Make your own posters and invitations</li>\r\n<li>72 free templates with multiple designs</li>\r\n<li>Use photos from camera roll or in-app camera</li>\r\n<li>Shares to Facebook, Flickr, Twitter, Tumblr, Instagram, email, and several other apps</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>User-friendly</li>\r\n<li>Slick, clean templates</li>\r\n<li>Use filters and other decorations to jazz up your posters</li>\r\n<li>Print posters with AirPrint</li>\r\n<li>Save as high-resolution files</li>\r\n<li>In-app user manual</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Moving text can be a little bit cumbersome</li>\r\n<li>Changing text color can also be a little bit cumbersome - especially if you have large fingers</li>\r\n<li>No easy undo action</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPhoster is great for anyone looking to create fun posters, invites, and other slick designs of text over photos. Fun and simple!  \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]What can we say…Phoster is slick, clean, fun, and functional. It doesn\'t get much better than that.[/tab] \r\n\r\n[/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nWhat can we say about this app, other than we love it. It\'s fun, it\'s slick, it\'s well-designed, and it\'s useful. Even if you haven\'t got any posters or invitations to make you\'ll easily find some excuse to use it. The free templates are really well put together, and it seems there\'s a template for every occasion. \r\n\r\nThe user interface is simple and well-designed, and easy-to-use. You simply begin by choosing your poster template, uploading a photo from your camera roll (or taking a photo with the in-app camera) and then editing to your specification. The in-app photo editing features include brightness, contrast, and saturation; and you can customize every part of the text including size, color, and font style. Easily scroll through the text using the previous / next buttons. After creating and editing your poster, add filters and effects, then share with friends. \r\n\r\nDespite the apps pure awesomeness, there\'s a few small gripes - there is no easy Undo action, which would be really useful given that if you make a mistake that you really want to fix it means starting all over again. A real bummer if you\'ve got an awesome poster in the works. The only other small (and it\'s really small) gripe is that if you want to move the text to another location on the poster you must hold and drag - not a massive problem but it can be a little bit difficult to drag and drop each separate text line into place. \r\n\r\nGiven the few small idioms, on the whole Phoster is definitely a must-have for anyone into photography, design, and typography. It\'s a fun way to make posters, flyers, invitations and other quirky signs on your iPhone. \r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Phoster\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Phoster 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n','Phoster - A Fun Way To Mix Photos & Design ','','inherit','open','open','','4979-revision-9','','','2011-08-30 13:47:59','2011-08-30 13:47:59','',4979,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4979-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(4988,16,'2011-08-30 13:29:03','2011-08-30 13:29:03','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"#\"><img title=\"#\" width=\"466\" height=\"340\" alt=\"#\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"#\" alt=\"#\" />\r\n\r\nCreate your own posters, flyers, and invitations with Phoster for iPhone. Use the ready-made templates or customize the template to fit your project…whatever the occasion, there\'s a Phoster for you. </td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Bucket Labs</li>\r\n<li>Make your own posters and invitations</li>\r\n<li>72 free templates with multiple designs</li>\r\n<li>Use photos from camera roll or in-app camera</li>\r\n<li>Shares to Facebook, Flickr, Twitter, Tumblr, Instagram, email, and several other apps</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>User-friendly</li>\r\n<li>Slick, clean templates</li>\r\n<li>Use filters and other decorations to jazz up your posters</li>\r\n<li>Print posters with AirPrint</li>\r\n<li>Save as high-resolution files</li>\r\n<li>In-app user manual</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Moving text can be a little bit cumbersome</li>\r\n<li>Changing text color can also be a little bit cumbersome - especially if you have large fingers</li>\r\n<li>No easy undo action</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPhoster is great for anyone looking to create fun posters, invites, and other slick designs of text over photos. Fun and simple!  \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]What can we say…Phoster is slick, clean, fun, and functional. It doesn\'t get much better than that.[/tab] \r\n\r\n[/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nWhat can we say about this app, other than we love it. It\'s fun, it\'s slick, it\'s well-designed, and it\'s useful. Even if you haven\'t got any posters or invitations to make you\'ll easily find some excuse to use it. The free templates are really well put together, and it seems there\'s a template for every occasion. \r\n\r\nThe user interface is simple and well-designed, and easy-to-use. You simply begin by choosing your poster template, uploading a photo from your camera roll (or taking a photo with the in-app camera) and then editing to your specification. The in-app photo editing features include brightness, contrast, and saturation; and you can customize every part of the text including size, color, and font style. Easily scroll through the text using the previous / next buttons. After creating and editing your poster, add filters and effects, then share with friends. \r\n\r\nDespite the apps pure awesomeness, there\'s a few small gripes - there is no easy Undo action, which would be really useful given that if you make a mistake that you really want to fix it means starting all over again. A real bummer if you\'ve got an awesome poster in the works. The only other small (and it\'s really small) gripe is that if you want to move the text to another location on the poster you must hold and drag - not a massive problem but it can be a little bit difficult to drag and drop each separate text line into place. \r\n\r\nGiven the few small idioms, on the whole Phoster is definitely a must-have for anyone into photography, design, and typography. It\'s a fun way to make posters, flyers, invitations and other quirky signs on your iPhone. \r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Phoster\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Phoster 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n','Phoster - A Fun Way To Mix Photos & Design ','','inherit','open','open','','4979-revision-4','','','2011-08-30 13:29:03','2011-08-30 13:29:03','',4979,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4979-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(4985,16,'2011-08-30 13:32:28','2011-08-30 13:32:28','','phoster2','','inherit','open','open','','phoster2','','','2011-08-30 13:32:28','2011-08-30 13:32:28','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/phoster2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4986,16,'2011-08-30 13:32:34','2011-08-30 13:32:34','','phosterlogo','','inherit','open','open','','phosterlogo','','','2011-08-30 13:32:34','2011-08-30 13:32:34','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/phosterlogo.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4987,16,'2011-08-30 13:47:26','2011-08-30 13:47:26','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><img width=\"466\" height=\"311\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/phoster-1.jpg\" title=\"\" alt=\"\">  alt=\"\" url=\"\"  ]</td>\n<td><img title=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/phosterlogo.png\" alt=\"Phoster App Icon\" />\n\nCreate your own posters, flyers, and invitations with Phoster for iPhone. Use the ready-made templates or customize the template to fit your project…whatever the occasion, there\'s a Phoster for you. </td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by Bucket Labs</li>\n<li>Make your own posters and invitations</li>\n<li>72 free templates with multiple designs</li>\n<li>Use photos from camera roll or in-app camera</li>\n<li>Shares to Facebook, Flickr, Twitter, Tumblr, Instagram, email, and several other apps</li>\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>User-friendly</li>\n<li>Slick, clean templates</li>\n<li>Use filters and other decorations to jazz up your posters</li>\n<li>Print posters with AirPrint</li>\n<li>Save as high-resolution files</li>\n<li>In-app user manual</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Moving text can be a little bit cumbersome</li>\n<li>Changing text color can also be a little bit cumbersome - especially if you have large fingers</li>\n<li>No easy undo action</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\n\nPhoster is great for anyone looking to create fun posters, invites, and other slick designs of text over photos. Fun and simple!  \n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]What can we say…Phoster is slick, clean, fun, and functional. It doesn\'t get much better than that.[/tab] \n\n[/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\nWhat can we say about this app, other than we love it. It\'s fun, it\'s slick, it\'s well-designed, and it\'s useful. Even if you haven\'t got any posters or invitations to make you\'ll easily find some excuse to use it. The free templates are really well put together, and it seems there\'s a template for every occasion. \n\nThe user interface is simple and well-designed, and easy-to-use. You simply begin by choosing your poster template, uploading a photo from your camera roll (or taking a photo with the in-app camera) and then editing to your specification. The in-app photo editing features include brightness, contrast, and saturation; and you can customize every part of the text including size, color, and font style. Easily scroll through the text using the previous / next buttons. After creating and editing your poster, add filters and effects, then share with friends. \n\nDespite the apps pure awesomeness, there\'s a few small gripes - there is no easy Undo action, which would be really useful given that if you make a mistake that you really want to fix it means starting all over again. A real bummer if you\'ve got an awesome poster in the works. The only other small (and it\'s really small) gripe is that if you want to move the text to another location on the poster you must hold and drag - not a massive problem but it can be a little bit difficult to drag and drop each separate text line into place. \n\nGiven the few small idioms, on the whole Phoster is definitely a must-have for anyone into photography, design, and typography. It\'s a fun way to make posters, flyers, invitations and other quirky signs on your iPhone. \n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Phoster\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Phoster 5 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n','Phoster - A Fun Way To Mix Photos & Design ','','inherit','open','open','','4979-autosave','','','2011-08-30 13:47:26','2011-08-30 13:47:26','',4979,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4979-autosave.html',0,'revision','',0),(4984,16,'2011-08-30 13:32:23','2011-08-30 13:32:23','','phoster-1','','inherit','open','open','','phoster-1','','','2011-08-30 13:32:23','2011-08-30 13:32:23','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/phoster-1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4982,16,'2011-08-30 13:26:58','2011-08-30 13:26:58','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"#\"><img title=\"#\" width=\"466\" height=\"340\" alt=\"#\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"#\" alt=\"#\" />\r\n\r\nCreate your own posters, flyers, and invitations with Phoster for iPhone. Use the ready-made templates or customize the template to fit your project…whatever the occasion, there\'s a Phoster for you. </td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Bucket Labs</li>\r\n<li>Make your own posters and invitations</li>\r\n<li>72 free templates with multiple designs</li>\r\n<li>Use photos from camera roll or in-app camera</li>\r\n<li>Shares to Facebook, Flickr, Twitter, Tumblr, Instagram and email</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>User-friendly</li>\r\n<li>Slick, clean templates</li>\r\n<li>Use filters and other decorations to jazz up your posters</li>\r\n<li>Print posters with AirPrint</li>\r\n<li>Save as high-resolution files</li>\r\n<li>In-app user manual</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Moving text can be a little bit cumbersome</li>\r\n<li>Changing text color can also be a little bit cumbersome - especially if you have large fingers</li>\r\n<li>No easy undo action</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPhoster is great for anyone looking to create fun posters, invites, and other slick designs of text over photos. Fun and simple!  \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]What can we say…Phoster is slick, clean, fun, and functional. It doesn\'t get much better than that.[/tab] \r\n\r\n[/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nWhat can we say about this app, other than we love it. It\'s fun, it\'s slick, it\'s well-designed, and it\'s useful. Even if you haven\'t got any posters or invitations to make you\'ll easily find some excuse to use it. The free templates are really well put together, and it seems there\'s a template for every occasion. \r\n\r\nThe user interface is simple and well-designed, and easy-to-use. You simply begin by choosing your poster template, uploading a photo from your camera roll (or taking a photo with the in-app camera) and then editing to your specification. The in-app photo editing features include brightness, contrast, and saturation; and you can customize every part of the text including size, color, and font style. Easily scroll through the text using the previous / next buttons. After creating and editing your poster, add filters and effects, then share with friends. \r\n\r\nDespite the apps pure awesomeness, there\'s a few small gripes - there is no easy Undo action, which would be really useful given that if you make a mistake that you really want to fix it means starting all over again. A real bummer if you\'ve got an awesome poster in the works. The only other small (and it\'s really small) gripe is that if you want to move the text to another location on the poster you must hold and drag - not a massive problem but it can be a little bit difficult to drag and drop each separate text line into place. \r\n\r\nGiven the few small idioms, on the whole Phoster is definitely a must-have for anyone into photography, design, and typography. It\'s a fun way to make posters, flyers, invitations and other quirky signs on your iPhone. \r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Phoster\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Phoster 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n','Phoster - A Fun Way To Mix Photos & Design ','','inherit','open','open','','4979-revision-3','','','2011-08-30 13:26:58','2011-08-30 13:26:58','',4979,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4979-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(4981,16,'2011-08-30 13:26:50','2011-08-30 13:26:50','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"#\"><img title=\"#\" width=\"466\" height=\"340\" alt=\"#\"></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"#\" alt=\"#\" />\n\nCreate your own posters, flyers, and invitations with Phoster for iPhone. Use the ready-made templates or customize the template to fit your project…whatever the occasion, there\'s a Phoster for you. </td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by Bucket Labs</li>\n<li>Make your own posters and invitations</li>\n<li>72 free templates with multiple designs</li>\n<li>Use photos from camera roll or in-app camera</li>\n<li>Shares to Facebook, Flickr, Twitter, Tumblr, Instagram and email</li>\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>User-friendly</li>\n<li>Slick, clean templates</li>\n<li>Use filters and other decorations to jazz up your posters</li>\n<li>Print posters with AirPrint</li>\n<li>Save as high-resolution files</li>\n<li>In-app user manual</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Moving text can be a little bit cumbersome</li>\n<li>Changing text color can also be a little bit cumbersome - especially if you have large fingers</li>\n<li>No easy undo action</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\n\nPhoster is great for anyone looking to create fun posters, invites, and other slick designs of text over photos. Fun and simple!  \n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]What can we say…Phoster is slick, clean, fun, and functional. It doesn\'t get much better than that.[/tab] \n\n[/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\nWhat can we say about this app, other than we love it. It\'s fun, it\'s slick, it\'s well-designed, and it\'s useful. Even if you haven\'t got any posters or invitations to make you\'ll easily find some excuse to use it. The free templates are really well put together, and it seems there\'s a template for every occasion. \n\nThe user interface is simple and well-designed, and easy-to-use. You simply begin by choosing your poster template, uploading a photo from your camera roll (or taking a photo with the in-app camera) and then editing to your specification. The in-app photo editing features include brightness, contrast, and saturation; and you can customize every part of the text including size, color, and font style. Easily scroll through the text using the previous / next buttons. After creating and editing your poster, add filters and effects, then share with friends. \n\nDespite the apps pure awesomeness, there\'s a few small gripes - there is no easy Undo action, which would be really useful given that if you make a mistake that you really want to fix it means starting all over again. A real bummer if you\'ve got an awesome poster in the works. The only other small (and it\'s really small) gripe is that if you want to move the text to another location on the poster you must hold and drag - not a massive problem but it can be a little bit difficult to drag and drop each separate text line into place. \n\nGiven the few small idioms, on the whole Phoster is definitely a must-have for anyone into photography, design, and typography. It\'s a fun way to make posters, flyers, invitations and other quirky signs on your iPhone. \n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Phoster\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Phoster 5 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n','Phoster - A Fun Way To Mix Photos & Design ','','inherit','open','open','','4979-revision-2','','','2011-08-30 13:26:50','2011-08-30 13:26:50','',4979,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4979-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(4979,16,'2011-09-06 08:00:44','2011-09-06 08:00:44','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><img width=\"466\" height=\"311\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/phoster-1.jpg\" title=\"\" alt=\"\"></td>\r\n<td><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/phosterlogo.png\" alt=\"Phoster App Icon\" />\r\n\r\nCreate your own posters, flyers, and invitations with Phoster for iPhone. Use the ready-made templates or customize the template to fit your project…whatever the occasion, there\'s a Phoster for you. </td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Bucket Labs</li>\r\n<li>Make your own posters and invitations</li>\r\n<li>72 free templates with multiple designs</li>\r\n<li>Use photos from camera roll or in-app camera</li>\r\n<li>Shares to Facebook, Flickr, Twitter, Tumblr, Instagram, email, and several other apps</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>User-friendly</li>\r\n<li>Slick, clean templates</li>\r\n<li>Use filters and other decorations to jazz up your posters</li>\r\n<li>Print posters with AirPrint</li>\r\n<li>Save as high-resolution files</li>\r\n<li>In-app user manual</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Moving text can be a little bit cumbersome</li>\r\n<li>Changing text color can also be a little bit cumbersome - especially if you have large fingers</li>\r\n<li>No easy undo action</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPhoster is great for anyone looking to create fun posters, invites, and other slick designs of text over photos. Fun and simple!  \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]What can we say…Phoster is slick, clean, fun, and functional. It doesn\'t get much better than that.[/tab] \r\n\r\n[/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nWhat can we say about this app, other than we love it. It\'s fun, it\'s slick, it\'s well-designed, and it\'s useful. Even if you haven\'t got any posters or invitations to make you\'ll easily find some excuse to use it. The free templates are really well put together, and it seems there\'s a template for every occasion. \r\n\r\nThe user interface is simple and well-designed, and easy-to-use. You simply begin by choosing your poster template, uploading a photo from your camera roll (or taking a photo with the in-app camera) and then editing to your specification. The in-app photo editing features include brightness, contrast, and saturation; and you can customize every part of the text including size, color, and font style. Easily scroll through the text using the previous / next buttons. After creating and editing your poster, add filters and effects, then share with friends. \r\n\r\nDespite the apps pure awesomeness, there\'s a few small gripes - there is no easy Undo action, which would be really useful given that if you make a mistake that you really want to fix it means starting all over again. A real bummer if you\'ve got an awesome poster in the works. The only other small (and it\'s really small) gripe is that if you want to move the text to another location on the poster you must hold and drag - not a massive problem but it can be a little bit difficult to drag and drop each separate text line into place. \r\n\r\nGiven the few small idioms, on the whole Phoster is definitely a must-have for anyone into photography, design, and typography. It\'s a fun way to make posters, flyers, invitations and other quirky signs on your iPhone. \r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Phoster\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Phoster 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n','Phoster for iPhone - A Fun Mix of Photos & Design','','publish','open','open','','phoster-for-iphone-a-fun-mix-of-photos-design','','','2011-09-06 19:46:37','2011-09-06 19:46:37','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=4979',0,'post','',0),(4980,16,'2011-08-30 13:26:02','2011-08-30 13:26:02','','Phoster - A Fun Way To Mix Photos & Design ','','inherit','open','open','','4979-revision','','','2011-08-30 13:26:02','2011-08-30 13:26:02','',4979,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4979-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(4379,14,'2011-08-02 14:03:54','2011-08-02 14:03:54','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic.jpg\"><img title=\"Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic.jpg\" width=\"470\" height=\"314\" alt=\"Hipstamatic\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic-Icon.png\" alt=\"Hipstamatic App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nTurn back the hands of time on your photos and have a heck of a good time doing it. The HIPSTAMATIC app is arguably THE BEST old school plastic / toy camera for the iPhone. If you haven\'t got it already, you need it in your iPhone \"camera bag\".</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Synthetic Infatuation</li>\r\n<li>Serves as a pseudo-toy camera on the iPhone</li>\r\n<li>Set the “Lenses,” “Flash,” and “Films” for various photo effects</li>\r\n<li>Shake the app to generate a random combination of Lens, Flash, and Film</li>\r\n<li>Share photos to Facebook, Flickr, Twitter, or Tumblr</li>\r\n<li>Order real prints through app</li>\r\n<li>Wide array of additional effects called “Hipstapaks” can be purchased from the Hipstamatic store</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Very slick, engaging interface</li>\r\n<li>High quality of vintage filters</li>\r\n<li>Simulates an old / plastic / toy camera</li>\r\n<li>Seemingly endless combinations for lenses, flash, and films give user a great deal of flexibility</li>\r\n<li>Photo processing is a bit like waiting for your polaroid to develop</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Photos taken with other apps cannot be edited in Hipstamatic</li>\r\n<li>Takes a little while to get used to the navigation</li>\r\n<li>Virtual viewfinder is small</li>\r\n<li>Photo processing takes a bit longer than other apps</li>\r\n<li>A bit of lag between shots (due to processing time)</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nHIPSTAMATIC is for anyone who wants to get retro-style photos with the ease of shooting digital. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]HIPSTAMATIC is the ultimate crossover between analogue and digital, get beautiful, rich, and visually interesting photos on your iPhone![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are lots of apps on the market that have the ability to produce results similar to that of HIPSTAMATIC but what sets it apart from others is that you actually feel as if you are holding an old plastic camera. Flippin\' cool. The classic black styling of the camera, buttons, and all the nitty-gritty aspects were brilliantly planned and well-executed in this very popular app. And of course, the icing on the cake is the absolutely stunning (we resisted saying awesome, but heck they really are awesome) vintage photos which you will be proud to sharing with your family and friends!\r\n\r\nTo be totally impartial, there\'s a few drawbacks. There have been comments that the app isn’t very intuitive to use, which is perhaps because of its old camera interface, which admittedly takes a bit of time to get used to. The viewfinder is also quite small, so you don\'t actually see everything in the viewfinder which does make it difficult to compose a shot - but for many, that is part of the appeal. Photos from HIPSTAMATIC aren\'t meant to be perfectly composed, they offer a quirky element which sometimes means imperfect shots. One big gripe from HIPSTAMATIC users is that shots taken with other apps cannot be edited within the app, a fair point since it seems many users would like to use the top-quality filters and effects on their other photos. \r\n\r\nUltimately the whole point of the HIPSTAMATIC app is that it is fun as well as slightly challenging and mysterious, much like using a true vintage camera. Considering the quirky element and the impressive photos, we are more than happy to take the good with the bad. HIPSTAMATIC definitely comes with top marks from The Beginners Lens!\r\n\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Hipstamatic 4.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2010/08/review-hipstamatic\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“While those who really want the fun reminder of yesteryear could easily pick up a cheap analog camera in a second hand shop, I suppose most will see two bucks for the app as being the better option. The bottom line is that if you like the app based on its description, you’ll love using it.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macworld.com/appguide/app.html?id=355058&expand=false\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">MacWorld</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Synthetic clearly spent a lot of time creating a unique app that doesn’t just produce nice results—it’s engaging and fun to use before you ever see the finished product.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appmodo.com/9676/hipstamatic-review-for-iphone/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">Appmodo</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Hipstamatic for iPhone comes highly recommended to photography enthusiasts of all ages. It is a fun application that will surely bring any dull Kodak moment to life.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Hipstamatic – Bring the Retro Back!','','inherit','open','open','','4342-revision-12','','','2011-08-02 14:03:54','2011-08-02 14:03:54','',4342,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4342-revision-12.html',0,'revision','',0),(4380,16,'2011-08-02 14:06:14','2011-08-02 14:06:14','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic.jpg\"><img title=\"Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic.jpg\" width=\"470\" height=\"314\" alt=\"Hipstamatic\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic-Icon.png\" alt=\"Hipstamatic App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nTurn back the hands of time on your photos and have a heck of a good time doing it. The HIPSTAMATIC app is arguably THE BEST old school plastic / toy camera for the iPhone. If you haven\'t got it already, you need it in your iPhone \"camera bag\".</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Synthetic Infatuation</li>\r\n<li>Serves as a pseudo-toy camera on the iPhone</li>\r\n<li>Set the “Lenses,” “Flash,” and “Films” for various photo effects</li>\r\n<li>Shake the app to generate a random combination of Lens, Flash, and Film</li>\r\n<li>Share photos to Facebook, Flickr, Twitter, or Tumblr</li>\r\n<li>Order real prints through app</li>\r\n<li>Wide array of additional effects called “Hipstapaks” can be purchased from the Hipstamatic store</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Very slick, engaging interface</li>\r\n<li>High quality of vintage filters</li>\r\n<li>Simulates an old / plastic / toy camera</li>\r\n<li>Seemingly endless combinations for lenses, flash, and films give user a great deal of flexibility</li>\r\n<li>Photo processing is a bit like waiting for your polaroid to develop</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Photos taken with other apps cannot be edited in Hipstamatic</li>\r\n<li>Takes a little while to get used to the navigation</li>\r\n<li>Virtual viewfinder is small</li>\r\n<li>Photo processing takes a bit longer than other apps</li>\r\n<li>A bit of lag between shots (due to processing time)</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nHIPSTAMATIC is for anyone who wants to get retro-style photos with the ease of shooting digital. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]HIPSTAMATIC is the ultimate crossover between analogue and digital, get beautiful, rich, and visually interesting photos on your iPhone![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are lots of apps on the market that have the ability to produce results similar to that of HIPSTAMATIC but what sets it apart from others is that you actually feel as if you are holding an old plastic camera. Flippin\' cool. The classic black styling of the camera, buttons, and all the nitty-gritty aspects were brilliantly planned and well-executed in this very popular app. And of course, the icing on the cake is the absolutely stunning (we resisted saying awesome, but heck they really are awesome) vintage photos which you will be proud to sharing with your family and friends!\r\n\r\nTo be totally impartial, there\'s a few drawbacks. There have been comments that the app isn’t very intuitive to use, which is perhaps because of its old camera interface, which admittedly takes a bit of time to get used to. The viewfinder is also quite small, so you don\'t actually see everything in the viewfinder which does make it difficult to compose a shot - but for many, that is part of the appeal. Photos from HIPSTAMATIC aren\'t meant to be perfectly composed, they offer a quirky element which sometimes means imperfect shots. One big gripe from HIPSTAMATIC users is that shots taken with other apps cannot be edited within the app, a fair point since it seems many users would like to use the top-quality filters and effects on their other photos. \r\n\r\nUltimately the whole point of the HIPSTAMATIC app is that it is fun as well as slightly challenging and mysterious, much like using a true vintage camera. Considering the quirky element and the impressive photos, we are more than happy to take the good with the bad. HIPSTAMATIC definitely comes with top marks from The Beginners Lens!\r\n\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Hipstamatic 4.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2010/08/review-hipstamatic\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“While those who really want the fun reminder of yesteryear could easily pick up a cheap analog camera in a second hand shop, I suppose most will see two bucks for the app as being the better option. The bottom line is that if you like the app based on its description, you’ll love using it.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macworld.com/appguide/app.html?id=355058&expand=false\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">MacWorld</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Synthetic clearly spent a lot of time creating a unique app that doesn’t just produce nice results—it’s engaging and fun to use before you ever see the finished product.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appmodo.com/9676/hipstamatic-review-for-iphone/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">Appmodo</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Hipstamatic for iPhone comes highly recommended to photography enthusiasts of all ages. It is a fun application that will surely bring any dull Kodak moment to life.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Hipstamatic – Bring the Retro Back!','','inherit','open','open','','4342-revision-13','','','2011-08-02 14:06:14','2011-08-02 14:06:14','',4342,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4342-revision-13.html',0,'revision','',0),(4382,16,'2011-08-02 14:44:52','2011-08-02 14:44:52','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic.jpg\"><img title=\"Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic.jpg\" width=\"470\" height=\"314\" alt=\"Hipstamatic\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic-Icon.png\" alt=\"Hipstamatic App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nTurn back the hands of time on your photos and have a heck of a good time doing it. The HIPSTAMATIC app is arguably THE BEST old school plastic / toy camera for the iPhone. If you haven\'t got it already, you need it in your iPhone \"camera bag\".</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Synthetic Infatuation</li>\r\n<li>Serves as a pseudo-toy camera on the iPhone</li>\r\n<li>Set the “Lenses,” “Flash,” and “Films” for various photo effects</li>\r\n<li>Shake the app to generate a random combination of Lens, Flash, and Film</li>\r\n<li>Share photos to Facebook, Flickr, Twitter, or Tumblr</li>\r\n<li>Order real prints through app</li>\r\n<li>Wide array of additional effects called “Hipstapaks” can be purchased from the Hipstamatic store</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Very slick, engaging interface</li>\r\n<li>High quality of vintage filters</li>\r\n<li>Simulates an old / plastic / toy camera</li>\r\n<li>Seemingly endless combinations for lenses, flash, and films give user a great deal of flexibility</li>\r\n<li>Photo processing is a bit like waiting for your polaroid to develop</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Photos taken with other apps cannot be edited in Hipstamatic</li>\r\n<li>Takes a little while to get used to the navigation</li>\r\n<li>Virtual viewfinder is small</li>\r\n<li>Photo processing takes a bit longer than other apps</li>\r\n<li>A bit of lag between shots (due to processing time)</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nHIPSTAMATIC is for anyone who wants to get retro-style photos with the ease of shooting digital. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]HIPSTAMATIC is the ultimate crossover between analogue and digital, get beautiful, rich, and visually interesting photos on your iPhone![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are lots of apps on the market that have the ability to produce results similar to that of HIPSTAMATIC but what sets it apart from others is that you actually feel as if you are holding an old plastic camera. Flippin\' cool. The classic black styling of the camera, buttons, and all the nitty-gritty aspects were brilliantly planned and well-executed in this very popular app. And of course, the icing on the cake is the absolutely stunning (we resisted saying awesome, but heck they really are awesome) vintage photos which you will be proud to sharing with your family and friends!\r\n\r\nTo be totally impartial, there\'s a few drawbacks. There have been comments that the app isn’t very intuitive to use, which is perhaps because of its old camera interface, which admittedly takes a bit of time to get used to. The viewfinder is also quite small, so you don\'t actually see everything in the viewfinder which does make it difficult to compose a shot - but for many, that is part of the appeal. Photos from HIPSTAMATIC aren\'t meant to be perfectly composed, they offer a quirky element which sometimes means imperfect shots. One big gripe from HIPSTAMATIC users is that shots taken with other apps cannot be edited within the app, a fair point since it seems many users would like to use the top-quality filters and effects on their other photos. \r\n\r\nUltimately the whole point of the HIPSTAMATIC app is that it is fun as well as slightly challenging and mysterious, much like using a true vintage camera. Considering the quirky element and the impressive photos, we are more than happy to take the good with the bad. HIPSTAMATIC definitely comes with top marks from The Beginners Lens!\r\n\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Hipstamatic 4.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2010/08/review-hipstamatic\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“While those who really want the fun reminder of yesteryear could easily pick up a cheap analog camera in a second hand shop, I suppose most will see two bucks for the app as being the better option. The bottom line is that if you like the app based on its description, you’ll love using it.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macworld.com/appguide/app.html?id=355058&expand=false\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">MacWorld</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Synthetic clearly spent a lot of time creating a unique app that doesn’t just produce nice results—it’s engaging and fun to use before you ever see the finished product.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appmodo.com/9676/hipstamatic-review-for-iphone/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">Appmodo</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Hipstamatic for iPhone comes highly recommended to photography enthusiasts of all ages. It is a fun application that will surely bring any dull Kodak moment to life.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Hipstamatic App – Bring On The Retro','','inherit','open','open','','4342-revision-15','','','2011-08-02 14:44:52','2011-08-02 14:44:52','',4342,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4342-revision-15.html',0,'revision','',0),(4383,16,'2011-08-02 14:55:08','2011-08-02 14:55:08','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic.jpg\"><img title=\"Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic.jpg\" width=\"470\" height=\"314\" alt=\"Hipstamatic\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic-Icon.png\" alt=\"Hipstamatic App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nTurn back the hands of time on your photos and have a heck of a good time doing it. The HIPSTAMATIC app is arguably THE BEST old school plastic / toy camera for the iPhone. If you haven\'t got it already, you need it in your iPhone \"camera bag\".</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Synthetic Infatuation</li>\r\n<li>Serves as a pseudo-toy camera on the iPhone</li>\r\n<li>Set the “Lenses,” “Flash,” and “Films” for various photo effects</li>\r\n<li>Shake the app to generate a random combination of Lens, Flash, and Film</li>\r\n<li>Share photos to Facebook, Flickr, Twitter, or Tumblr</li>\r\n<li>Order real prints through app</li>\r\n<li>Wide array of additional effects called “Hipstapaks” can be purchased from the Hipstamatic store</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Very slick, engaging interface</li>\r\n<li>High quality of vintage filters</li>\r\n<li>Simulates an old / plastic / toy camera</li>\r\n<li>Seemingly endless combinations for lenses, flash, and films give user a great deal of flexibility</li>\r\n<li>Photo processing is a bit like waiting for your polaroid to develop</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Photos taken with other apps cannot be edited in Hipstamatic</li>\r\n<li>Takes a little while to get used to the navigation</li>\r\n<li>Virtual viewfinder is small</li>\r\n<li>Photo processing takes a bit longer than other apps</li>\r\n<li>A bit of lag between shots (due to processing time)</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nHIPSTAMATIC is for anyone who wants to get retro-style photos with the ease of shooting digital. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]HIPSTAMATIC is the ultimate crossover between analogue and digital, get beautiful, rich, and visually interesting photos on your iPhone![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are lots of apps on the market that have the ability to produce results similar to that of HIPSTAMATIC but what sets it apart from others is that you actually feel as if you are holding an old plastic camera. Flippin\' cool. The classic black styling of the camera, buttons, and all the nitty-gritty aspects were brilliantly planned and well-executed in this very popular app. And of course, the icing on the cake is the absolutely stunning (we resisted saying awesome, but heck they really are awesome) vintage photos which you will be proud to sharing with your family and friends!\r\n\r\nTo be totally impartial, there\'s a few drawbacks. There have been comments that the app isn’t very intuitive to use, which is perhaps because of its old camera interface, which admittedly takes a bit of time to get used to. The viewfinder is also quite small, so you don\'t actually see everything in the viewfinder which does make it difficult to compose a shot - but for many, that is part of the appeal. Photos from HIPSTAMATIC aren\'t meant to be perfectly composed, they offer a quirky element which sometimes means imperfect shots. One big gripe from HIPSTAMATIC users is that shots taken with other apps cannot be edited within the app, a fair point since it seems many users would like to use the top-quality filters and effects on their other photos. \r\n\r\nUltimately the whole point of the HIPSTAMATIC app is that it is fun as well as slightly challenging and mysterious, much like using a true vintage camera. Considering the quirky element and the impressive photos, we are more than happy to take the good with the bad. HIPSTAMATIC definitely comes with top marks from The Beginners Lens!\r\n\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Hipstamatic 4.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2010/08/review-hipstamatic\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“While those who really want the fun reminder of yesteryear could easily pick up a cheap analog camera in a second hand shop, I suppose most will see two bucks for the app as being the better option. The bottom line is that if you like the app based on its description, you’ll love using it.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macworld.com/appguide/app.html?id=355058&expand=false\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">MacWorld</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Synthetic clearly spent a lot of time creating a unique app that doesn’t just produce nice results—it’s engaging and fun to use before you ever see the finished product.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appmodo.com/9676/hipstamatic-review-for-iphone/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">Appmodo</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Hipstamatic for iPhone comes highly recommended to photography enthusiasts of all ages. It is a fun application that will surely bring any dull Kodak moment to life.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Hipstamatic App – Bring On The Retro','','inherit','open','open','','4342-revision-16','','','2011-08-02 14:55:08','2011-08-02 14:55:08','',4342,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4342-revision-16.html',0,'revision','',0),(4975,16,'2011-08-03 09:05:04','2011-08-03 09:05:04','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/KingCamera.jpg\"><img title=\"KingCamera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/KingCamera.jpg\" alt=\"King Camera\" width=\"499\" height=\"426\" /></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"King Camera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/KingCamera-Logo.png\" width=\"150\" height=\"150\" alt=\"King Camera App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nThe KING CAMERA app is fully loaded with great features that make it a worthwhile companion for shooting iPhone photos - and videos too!</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Saycheezzz.com</li>\r\n<li>Easily edit photos in either Quick Matik and Pro Matik modes </li>\r\n<li>Comes with built-in camera and boasts 4x full-resolution digital zoom </li>\r\n<li>Fast full-res and medium-res burst modes</li>\r\n<li>Save photos to the app’s Photo Desk or to your iPhone’s Camera Roll</li>\r\n<li>Allows geotagging and has EXIF data access</li>\r\n<li>One tap sharing of edited photos via email or Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, or Dropbox</li>\r\n<li>Shoots HD videos</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$2.99</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Well-labelled controls</li>\r\n<li>Editing options are very accessible</li>\r\n<li>Has broad range of photo editing features</li>\r\n<li>Focus and exposure modes work very well</li>\r\n<li>Exposure Lock allows you to set and lock the exposure</li>\r\n<li>Saves photo revisions in stacks</li>\r\n<li>Great support from developers</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Long delay between shots</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nKING CAMERA is a great iPhone photo editing app for all skill levels – whether you\'re just staring out or you\'ve got a lot of practice under your belt – King Camera\'s wide range of features will suit all iPhoneographers. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]KING CAMERA is clearly a well-thought out and useful app with an impressive set of features. While it\'s not perfect (what app is?), it does have a lot to offer and is sure to be a great addition to any iPhoneographers app library![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\nThe KING CAMERA app is one of the best full-featured all-in-one iPhone camera apps available now. It\'s definitely on par with other powerful apps like Camera+ and ProCamera, and builds on those apps by offering additional and useful in-app features.\r\n\r\nThe built-in camera app provides a number of tools that can make shooting really convenient. You can adjust the focus and exposure, as well as set the exposure lock. Capturing multiple shots is speedy and customizable using full-res or medium-res burst mode. The time lapse and stop animation features are also very impressive! Camera shake? No problem, with KING CAMERA\'s anti-shake feature. The full-screen shutter button will also come in handy for those who are all thumbs. \r\n\r\nNotably, one of the best features of the KING CAMERA app is the Photo Desk. This is where all of your photos are stored, and edited images are organized in Stacks. A Stack is simply a way of storing photos that means every version or edit you make is saved in the stack, giving you with flexibility to edit and experiment with the security of knowing your edits are saved. \r\n\r\nWhen it comes to editing, the KING CAMERA app has something to offer for both the novice and the pro. QuickMatik, as the name implies, is good for quick photo fixes with its hefty lineup of presets comparable to the all the best editing suites around. ProMatik serves as a full-fledged photo editor offering a wider range of editing controls, and scope to work in more detail.\r\n \r\nThere\'s one small issue with KING CAMERA, and we would be remiss not to tell you about it – the time lag between shots is likely to be of major concern to most, as it\'s just simply far too long. But hey, good thing we\'ve been told the developers are already working to address this issue so there should be a significant update coming soon. \r\n\r\nKING CAMERA may not be king of the photo editing game yet...there\'s still a few out there that beat it, but with the continuous effort of the developers to keep on top of the game, we\'re sure this app is going to remain one of the top apps, for a long time! \r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for King Camera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give King Camera 4 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/2011/05/31/app-review-king-camera-for-iphone-and-ipod-touch/\">LifeInLofi</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Overall, King Camera is a powerful and well designed camera replacement. It’s a very impressive 1.0 release that has the features and feel of a 2.0. While it won’t single-handedly replace an arsenal of photo apps, it’s powerful enough to be a go-to app for many users.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appotography.com/2011/06/03/king-camera-review-iphone/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">Appotography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“If you’re looking for a valid replacement to the native iPhone app and also a very comprehensive processing utility, King Camera is a new excellent choice.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2011/6/13/app-review-king-camera-part-2-the-photo-desk.html\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Overall King Camera is a nice app, but not a great app. Yes, it has features not yet found in it competitors, like stacks on the Photo Desk and time-lapse in the camera module, but the quick fixes are not as good as those in the current number 1 camera replacement app, Camera+.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','King Camera App - A Really Solid Do It All Photo Editor','','inherit','open','open','','4310-revision-15','','','2011-08-03 09:05:04','2011-08-03 09:05:04','',4310,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4310-revision-15.html',0,'revision','',0),(4384,16,'2011-08-02 15:09:17','2011-08-02 15:09:17','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic.jpg\"><img title=\"Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic.jpg\" width=\"470\" height=\"314\" alt=\"Hipstamatic\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic-Icon.png\" alt=\"Hipstamatic App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nTurn back the hands of time on your photos and have a heck of a good time doing it. The HIPSTAMATIC app is arguably THE BEST old school plastic / toy camera for the iPhone. If you haven\'t got it already, you need it in your iPhone \"camera bag\".</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Synthetic Infatuation</li>\r\n<li>Serves as a pseudo-toy camera on the iPhone</li>\r\n<li>Set the “Lenses,” “Flash,” and “Films” for various photo effects</li>\r\n<li>Shake the app to generate a random combination of Lens, Flash, and Film</li>\r\n<li>Share photos to Facebook, Flickr, Twitter, or Tumblr</li>\r\n<li>Order real prints through app</li>\r\n<li>Wide array of additional effects called “Hipstapaks” can be purchased from the Hipstamatic store</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Very slick, engaging interface</li>\r\n<li>High quality of vintage filters</li>\r\n<li>Simulates an old / plastic / toy camera</li>\r\n<li>Seemingly endless combinations for lenses, flash, and films give user a great deal of flexibility</li>\r\n<li>Photo processing is a bit like waiting for your polaroid to develop</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Photos taken with other apps cannot be edited in Hipstamatic</li>\r\n<li>Takes a little while to get used to the navigation</li>\r\n<li>Virtual viewfinder is small</li>\r\n<li>Photo processing takes a bit longer than other apps</li>\r\n<li>A bit of lag between shots (due to processing time)</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nThe HIPSTAMATIC app is for anyone who wants to get retro-style photos with the ease of shooting and editing digital. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]HIPSTAMATIC is the ultimate crossover between analogue and digital, get beautiful, rich, and visually interesting photos on your iPhone![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are lots of apps on the market that have the ability to produce results similar to that of HIPSTAMATIC but what sets it apart from others is that you actually feel as if you are holding an old plastic camera. Flippin\' cool. The classic black styling of the camera, buttons, and all the nitty-gritty aspects were brilliantly planned and well-executed in this very popular app. And of course, the icing on the cake is the absolutely stunning (we resisted saying awesome, but heck they really are awesome) vintage photos which you will be proud to sharing with your family and friends!\r\n\r\nTo be totally impartial, there\'s a few drawbacks. There have been comments that the app isn’t very intuitive to use, which is perhaps because of its old camera interface, which admittedly takes a bit of time to get used to. The viewfinder is also quite small, so you don\'t actually see everything in the viewfinder which does make it difficult to compose a shot - but for many, that is part of the appeal. Photos from HIPSTAMATIC aren\'t meant to be perfectly composed, they offer a quirky element which sometimes means imperfect shots. One big gripe from HIPSTAMATIC users is that shots taken with other apps cannot be edited within the app, a fair point since it seems many users would like to use the top-quality filters and effects on their other photos. \r\n\r\nUltimately the whole point of the HIPSTAMATIC app is that it is fun as well as slightly challenging and mysterious, much like using a true vintage camera. Considering the quirky element and the impressive photos, we are more than happy to take the good with the bad. HIPSTAMATIC definitely comes with top marks from The Beginners Lens!\r\n\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Hipstamatic 4.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2010/08/review-hipstamatic\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“While those who really want the fun reminder of yesteryear could easily pick up a cheap analog camera in a second hand shop, I suppose most will see two bucks for the app as being the better option. The bottom line is that if you like the app based on its description, you’ll love using it.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macworld.com/appguide/app.html?id=355058&expand=false\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">MacWorld</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Synthetic clearly spent a lot of time creating a unique app that doesn’t just produce nice results—it’s engaging and fun to use before you ever see the finished product.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appmodo.com/9676/hipstamatic-review-for-iphone/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">Appmodo</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Hipstamatic for iPhone comes highly recommended to photography enthusiasts of all ages. It is a fun application that will surely bring any dull Kodak moment to life.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Hipstamatic App – Bring On The Retro','','inherit','open','open','','4342-revision-17','','','2011-08-02 15:09:17','2011-08-02 15:09:17','',4342,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4342-revision-17.html',0,'revision','',0),(4385,16,'2011-08-04 15:38:17','2011-08-04 15:38:17','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransferApp.jpg\"><img title=\"PhotoTransferApp\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransferApp.jpg\" width=\"270\" height=\"503\" alt=\"Photo Transfer App\"></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"PhotoTransferApp\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransfer-Icon.png\" alt=\"Photo Transfer App Logo\" />\n\nPHOTO TRANSFER APP enables you to share photos and videos between your iPhone, iPad, iPod Touch, and your computer via a wifi network. Never mess around with cables and software again, airwaves is the way forward!</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by ERCLab</li>\n<li>Downloads multiple photos from an iPhone to a computer</li>\n<li>Transfers photos in full resolution</li>\n<li>Preserves photo metadata in all transfer directions</li>\n<li>Works with other iDevices such as iPad and iPod Touch</li>\n<li>Compatible with computers running Windows, Mac and Linux </li>\n<li>Costs US$2.99</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Simple interface</li>\n<li>Extremely fast photo transfer ability</li>\n<li>Easy to use</li>\n<li>Download photos as ZIP file</li>\n<li>No cables/additional software needed</li>\n<li>Can upload/download multiple photos simultaneously</li>\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Can’t browse through a whole album at a time</li>\n<li>Shared photos cannot be separated into albums for better organization\n</li>\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\n\nPHOTO TRANSFER APP is for anyone using the iPhone as their go-to camera. If you\'re look for a super fast way to share and transfer photos - without all the extra wires. \n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]PHOTO TRANSFER APP is an indispensable tool for iPhoneographers who want to make their lives a whole lot easier. Sharing, downloading, or and transferring photo is quick and convenient with this handy app! [/tab] [/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\nAmong all its sales points, there are really two things which make the PHOTO TRANSFER APP a must have for the avid iPhoneographer: Downloading full-res images and fast wireless sharing of images across all iDevices and computers. Save yourself the hassle and frustration of photo sharing using endless cables and bits of software. All you need is a wireless connection and you’re set. \n\nThe app is very user-friendly; it takes no time at all to get familiar with the interface and controls. The transfer time is fast – and by fast, we mean impressively fast.\n\nHowever, there\'s a couple of things that could be improved to speed up the sharing process even further. It would have been great if you could select all of the photos within the Photo Transfer App itself rather than leaving the Photo Transfer APP to go into the native Photo App, surely an oversight that could be corrected in a future update. \n\nOverall, PHOTO TRANSFER APP the app doesn\'t look like anything fancy but it does the job very well and that is what really matters. It\'s definitely worth picking up the PHOTO TRANSFER APP especially now that sharing photos is much more than just a trend, its a lifestyle. Of course we would be remiss not to mention that sadly there\'s a good chance that photo transfer apps are likely to become redundant with the release of iOS 5 and the automatic syncing to Photo Stream and other devices, I guess we\'ll have to wait and see?! \n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Photo Transfer App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Photo Transfer App 4 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2010/4/7/new-iphone-photo-app-photo-transfer-app.html\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This is a great app that works exactly as described.  In my tests I transferred photos from one iPhone to another, from iPhone to MacBook, and most impressively from MacBook back to iPhone, and all at full-res!!”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.whatsoniphone.com/reviews/photo-transfer-app-review\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">WhatsOniPhone</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Would I Buy Again: Yes...sending pictures between iDevices tends to be something I do a lot. Anything that makes it easier is good in my book! I have a feeling that I\'ll be using this app a lot. It make sharing pictures much easier.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://bestapps.me/2010/photo-transfer-app-iphone-app-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">BestApps</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“If you want to take your phone to the next level and make it even more easy to use between different devices, get this app to help you move pictures from device to device.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','Photo Transfer App - Move Your iPhone Photos Over Wifi','','inherit','open','open','','4357-autosave','','','2011-08-04 15:38:17','2011-08-04 15:38:17','',4357,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4357-autosave.html',0,'revision','',0),(4387,16,'2011-08-02 15:13:29','2011-08-02 15:13:29','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransferApp.jpg\"><img title=\"PhotoTransferApp\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransferApp.jpg\" width=\"270\" height=\"503\" alt=\"Photo Transfer App\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"PhotoTransferApp\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransfer-Icon.png\" alt=\"Photo Transfer App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nPHOTO TRANSFER APP enables you to share photos and videos between your iPhone, iPad, iPod Touch, and your computer via a wifi network. The even greater news? There’s no need for cables or extra software!</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by ERCLab</li>\r\n<li>Downloads multiple photos from an iPhone to a computer</li>\r\n<li>Transfers photos in full resolution</li>\r\n<li>Preserves photo metadata in all transfer directions</li>\r\n<li>Works with other iDevices such as iPad and iPod Touch</li>\r\n<li>Compatible with computers running Windows, Mac and Linux </li>\r\n<li>Costs US$2.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Simple interface</li>\r\n<li>Extremely fast photo transfer ability</li>\r\n<li>Easy to use</li>\r\n<li>Download photos as ZIP file</li>\r\n<li>No cables/additional software needed</li>\r\n<li>Can upload/download multiple photos simultaneously</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Can’t browse through a whole album at a time</li>\r\n<li>Shared photos cannot be separated into albums for better organization\r\n</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPHOTO TRANSFER APP is for anyone whose go-to camera is an iPhone and is looking for the fastest way to share and transfer photos - without the stinking wires. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]PHOTO TRANSFER APP should be an indispensable tool for iPhoneographers who seek to make their lives a whole lot easier in sharing, downloading, or transferring photos. It\'s pretty quick and very convenient! [/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nAmong all its sales points, there are really two things which make the PHOTO TRANSFER APP a must have for the avid iPhoneographer: Downloading of full-res photos and extremely fast wireless sharing of images across all iDevices and computers. With this app, you can save yourself from all the hassle and frustration of photo sharing. All you need is a wireless connection and you’re set. \r\n\r\nThe app is very user-friendly; it does not really take so much time to get familiarized with the interface and controls. The transfer time is fast – and by fast, we mean impressively fast.\r\n\r\nThere are still a couple of things that must be worked on to further speed up the sharing process. It would have been much better if the user can do all the selecting of photos within the Photo Transfer App itself rather than being required to leave the app and access the photos in the regular Photo app. Organization and viewing of photos/videos need improvement as well. \r\n\r\nBut overall, PHOTO TRANSFER APP is definitely worth having especially that nowadays, photo sharing is not just a fad but a trend already. \r\n\r\nThis app does not look anything fancy and super spectacular but it does its job very well and that is what really matters. \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Photo Transfer App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Photo Transfer App 4.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2010/4/7/new-iphone-photo-app-photo-transfer-app.html\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This is a great app that works exactly as described.  In my tests I transferred photos from one iPhone to another, from iPhone to MacBook, and most impressively from MacBook back to iPhone, and all at full-res!!”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.whatsoniphone.com/reviews/photo-transfer-app-review\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">WhatsOniPhone</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Would I Buy Again: Yes...sending pictures between iDevices tends to be something I do a lot. Anything that makes it easier is good in my book! I have a feeling that I\'ll be using this app a lot. It make sharing pictures much easier.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://bestapps.me/2010/photo-transfer-app-iphone-app-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">BestApps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“If you want to take your phone to the next level and make it even more easy to use between different devices, get this app to help you move pictures from device to device.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Photo Transfer App - Download And Transfer Photos To And From Your iPhone In A Flash','','inherit','open','open','','4357-revision-11','','','2011-08-02 15:13:29','2011-08-02 15:13:29','',4357,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4357-revision-11.html',0,'revision','',0),(4386,16,'2011-08-02 13:33:35','2011-08-02 13:33:35','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransferApp.jpg\"><img title=\"PhotoTransferApp\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransferApp.jpg\" width=\"270\" height=\"503\" alt=\"Photo Transfer App\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"PhotoTransferApp\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransfer-Icon.png\" alt=\"Photo Transfer App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nPHOTO TRANSFER APP enables you to share photos and videos between iPhone, iPad, iPod Touch, or computer devices via wifi network in a speedy fashion. The even greater news? There’s no need for cables or extra software!</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by ERCLab</li>\r\n<li>Downloads multiple photos from an iPhone to a computer</li>\r\n<li>Transfers photos in full resolution</li>\r\n<li>Preserves photo metadata in all transfer directions</li>\r\n<li>Works with other iDevices such as iPad and iPod Touch</li>\r\n<li>Compatible with computers running Windows, Mac and Linux </li>\r\n<li>Costs US$2.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Simple interface</li>\r\n<li>Extremely fast photo transfer ability</li>\r\n<li>Easy to use</li>\r\n<li>Download photos as ZIP file</li>\r\n<li>No cables/additional software needed</li>\r\n<li>Can upload/download multiple photos simultaneously</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Can’t browse through a whole album at a time</li>\r\n<li>Shared photos cannot be separated into albums for better organization\r\n</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPHOTO TRANSFER APP is for anyone whose go-to camera is an iPhone and is looking for the fastest way to share and transfer photos - without the stinking wires. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]PHOTO TRANSFER APP should be an indispensable tool for iPhoneographers who seek to make their lives a whole lot easier in sharing, downloading, or transferring photos. It\'s pretty quick and very convenient! [/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nAmong all its sales points, there are really two things which make the PHOTO TRANSFER APP a must have for the avid iPhoneographer: Downloading of full-res photos and extremely fast wireless sharing of images across all iDevices and computers. With this app, you can save yourself from all the hassle and frustration of photo sharing. All you need is a wireless connection and you’re set. \r\n\r\nThe app is very user-friendly; it does not really take so much time to get familiarized with the interface and controls. The transfer time is fast – and by fast, we mean impressively fast.\r\n\r\nThere are still a couple of things that must be worked on to further speed up the sharing process. It would have been much better if the user can do all the selecting of photos within the Photo Transfer App itself rather than being required to leave the app and access the photos in the regular Photo app. Organization and viewing of photos/videos need improvement as well. \r\n\r\nBut overall, PHOTO TRANSFER APP is definitely worth having especially that nowadays, photo sharing is not just a fad but a trend already. \r\n\r\nThis app does not look anything fancy and super spectacular but it does its job very well and that is what really matters. \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Photo Transfer App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Photo Transfer App 4.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2010/4/7/new-iphone-photo-app-photo-transfer-app.html\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This is a great app that works exactly as described.  In my tests I transferred photos from one iPhone to another, from iPhone to MacBook, and most impressively from MacBook back to iPhone, and all at full-res!!”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.whatsoniphone.com/reviews/photo-transfer-app-review\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">WhatsOniPhone</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Would I Buy Again: Yes...sending pictures between iDevices tends to be something I do a lot. Anything that makes it easier is good in my book! I have a feeling that I\'ll be using this app a lot. It make sharing pictures much easier.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://bestapps.me/2010/photo-transfer-app-iphone-app-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">BestApps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“If you want to take your phone to the next level and make it even more easy to use between different devices, get this app to help you move pictures from device to device.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Photo Transfer App - Download And Transfer Photos To And From Your iPhone In A Flash','','inherit','open','open','','4357-revision-10','','','2011-08-02 13:33:35','2011-08-02 13:33:35','',4357,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4357-revision-10.html',0,'revision','',0),(3416,16,'2011-06-14 13:54:23','2011-06-14 13:54:23','','Youtube_64x64','','inherit','open','open','','youtube_64x64','','','2011-06-14 13:54:23','2011-06-14 13:54:23','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/Youtube_64x64.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4367,16,'2011-08-02 12:25:35','2011-08-02 12:25:35','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransferApp.jpg\"><img title=\"PhotoTransferApp\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransferApp.jpg\" width=\"270\" height=\"503\" alt=\"Photo Transfer App\"></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"PhotoTransferApp\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransferApp-Logo.jpg\" alt=\"Photo Transfer App Logo\" />\n\nPHOTO TRANSFER APP enables you to share photos and videos between iPhone, iPad, iPod Touch, or computer devices via wifi network in a speedy fashion. The even greater news? There’s no need for cables or extra software!</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by ERCLab</li>\n<li>Downloads multiple photos from an iPhone to a computer</li>\n<li>Transfers photos in full resolution</li>\n<li>Preserves photo metadata in all transfer directions</li>\n<li>Works with other iDevices such as iPad and iPod Touch</li>\n<li>Compatible with computers running Windows, Mac and Linux </li>\n<li>Costs US$2.99</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Simple interface</li>\n<li>Extremely fast photo transfer ability</li>\n<li>Easy to use</li>\n<li>Download photos as ZIP file</li>\n<li>No cables/additional software needed</li>\n<li>Can upload/download multiple photos simultaneously</li>\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Can’t browse through a whole album at a time</li>\n<li>Shared photos cannot be separated into albums for better organization\n</li>\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\n\nPHOTO TRANSFER APP is for anyone whose go-to camera is an iPhone and is looking for the fastest way to share and transfer photos - without the stinking wires. \n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]PHOTO TRANSFER APP should be an indispensable tool for iPhoneographers who seek to make their lives a whole lot easier in sharing, downloading, or transferring photos. It\'s pretty quick and very convenient! [/tab] [/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\nThere are still a couple of things that must be worked on to further speed up the sharing process. It would have been much better if the user can do all the selecting of photos within the Photo Transfer App itself rather than being required to leave the app and access the photos in the regular Photo app. Organization and viewing of photos/videos need improvement as well. \n\nBut overall, Photo Transfer App is definitely worth having especially that nowadays, photo sharing is not just a fad but a trend already. \n\nPHOTO TRANSFER APP does not look anything fancy and super spectacular but it does its job very well and that is what really matters. \n\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Photo Transfer App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Photo Transfer App 4.5 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2010/4/7/new-iphone-photo-app-photo-transfer-app.html\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This is a great app that works exactly as described.  In my tests I transferred photos from one iPhone to another, from iPhone to MacBook, and most impressively from MacBook back to iPhone, and all at full-res!!”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.whatsoniphone.com/reviews/photo-transfer-app-review\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">WhatsOniPhone</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Would I Buy Again: Yes...sending pictures between iDevices tends to be something I do a lot. Anything that makes it easier is good in my book! I have a feeling that I\'ll be using this app a lot. It make sharing pictures much easier.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://bestapps.me/2010/photo-transfer-app-iphone-app-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">BestApps</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“If you want to take your phone to the next level and make it even more easy to use between different devices, get this app to help you move pictures from device to device.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','Photo Transfer App - Download And Transfer Photos To And From Your iPhone In A Flash','','inherit','open','open','','4357-revision-7','','','2011-08-02 12:25:35','2011-08-02 12:25:35','',4357,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4357-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(4368,14,'2011-08-02 13:01:14','2011-08-02 13:01:14','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransferApp.jpg\"><img title=\"PhotoTransferApp\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransferApp.jpg\" width=\"270\" height=\"503\" alt=\"Photo Transfer App\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"PhotoTransferApp\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransferApp-Logo.jpg\" alt=\"Photo Transfer App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nPHOTO TRANSFER APP enables you to share photos and videos between iPhone, iPad, iPod Touch, or computer devices via wifi network in a speedy fashion. The even greater news? There’s no need for cables or extra software!</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by ERCLab</li>\r\n<li>Downloads multiple photos from an iPhone to a computer</li>\r\n<li>Transfers photos in full resolution</li>\r\n<li>Preserves photo metadata in all transfer directions</li>\r\n<li>Works with other iDevices such as iPad and iPod Touch</li>\r\n<li>Compatible with computers running Windows, Mac and Linux </li>\r\n<li>Costs US$2.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Simple interface</li>\r\n<li>Extremely fast photo transfer ability</li>\r\n<li>Easy to use</li>\r\n<li>Download photos as ZIP file</li>\r\n<li>No cables/additional software needed</li>\r\n<li>Can upload/download multiple photos simultaneously</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Can’t browse through a whole album at a time</li>\r\n<li>Shared photos cannot be separated into albums for better organization\r\n</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPHOTO TRANSFER APP is for anyone whose go-to camera is an iPhone and is looking for the fastest way to share and transfer photos - without the stinking wires. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]PHOTO TRANSFER APP should be an indispensable tool for iPhoneographers who seek to make their lives a whole lot easier in sharing, downloading, or transferring photos. It\'s pretty quick and very convenient! [/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are still a couple of things that must be worked on to further speed up the sharing process. It would have been much better if the user can do all the selecting of photos within the Photo Transfer App itself rather than being required to leave the app and access the photos in the regular Photo app. Organization and viewing of photos/videos need improvement as well. \r\n\r\nBut overall, Photo Transfer App is definitely worth having especially that nowadays, photo sharing is not just a fad but a trend already. \r\n\r\nPHOTO TRANSFER APP does not look anything fancy and super spectacular but it does its job very well and that is what really matters. \r\n\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Photo Transfer App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Photo Transfer App 4.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2010/4/7/new-iphone-photo-app-photo-transfer-app.html\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This is a great app that works exactly as described.  In my tests I transferred photos from one iPhone to another, from iPhone to MacBook, and most impressively from MacBook back to iPhone, and all at full-res!!”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.whatsoniphone.com/reviews/photo-transfer-app-review\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">WhatsOniPhone</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Would I Buy Again: Yes...sending pictures between iDevices tends to be something I do a lot. Anything that makes it easier is good in my book! I have a feeling that I\'ll be using this app a lot. It make sharing pictures much easier.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://bestapps.me/2010/photo-transfer-app-iphone-app-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">BestApps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“If you want to take your phone to the next level and make it even more easy to use between different devices, get this app to help you move pictures from device to device.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Photo Transfer App - Download And Transfer Photos To And From Your iPhone In A Flash','','inherit','open','open','','4357-revision-8','','','2011-08-02 13:01:14','2011-08-02 13:01:14','',4357,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4357-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(4388,16,'2011-08-02 15:33:10','2011-08-02 15:33:10','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransferApp.jpg\"><img title=\"PhotoTransferApp\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransferApp.jpg\" width=\"270\" height=\"503\" alt=\"Photo Transfer App\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"PhotoTransferApp\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransfer-Icon.png\" alt=\"Photo Transfer App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nPHOTO TRANSFER APP enables you to share photos and videos between your iPhone, iPad, iPod Touch, and your computer via a wifi network. Never mess around with cables and software again, airwaves is the way forward!</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by ERCLab</li>\r\n<li>Downloads multiple photos from an iPhone to a computer</li>\r\n<li>Transfers photos in full resolution</li>\r\n<li>Preserves photo metadata in all transfer directions</li>\r\n<li>Works with other iDevices such as iPad and iPod Touch</li>\r\n<li>Compatible with computers running Windows, Mac and Linux </li>\r\n<li>Costs US$2.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Simple interface</li>\r\n<li>Extremely fast photo transfer ability</li>\r\n<li>Easy to use</li>\r\n<li>Download photos as ZIP file</li>\r\n<li>No cables/additional software needed</li>\r\n<li>Can upload/download multiple photos simultaneously</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Can’t browse through a whole album at a time</li>\r\n<li>Shared photos cannot be separated into albums for better organization\r\n</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPHOTO TRANSFER APP is for anyone using the iPhone as their go-to camera. If you\'re look for a super fast way to share and transfer photos - without all the extra wires. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]PHOTO TRANSFER APP is an indispensable tool for iPhoneographers who want to make their lives a whole lot easier. Sharing, downloading, or and transferring photo is quick and convenient with this handy app! [/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nAmong all its sales points, there are really two things which make the PHOTO TRANSFER APP a must have for the avid iPhoneographer: Downloading full-res images and fast wireless sharing of images across all iDevices and computers. Save yourself the hassle and frustration of photo sharing using endless cables and bits of software. All you need is a wireless connection and you’re set. \r\n\r\nThe app is very user-friendly; it takes no time at all to get familiar with the interface and controls. The transfer time is fast – and by fast, we mean impressively fast.\r\n\r\nHowever, there\'s a couple of things that could be improved to speed up the sharing process even further. It would have been great if you could select all of the photos within the Photo Transfer App itself rather than leaving the Photo Transfer APP to go into the native Photo App, surely an oversight that could be corrected in a future update. \r\n\r\nOverall, PHOTO TRANSFER APP the app doesn\'t look like anything fancy but it does the job very well and that is what really matters. It\'s definitely worth picking up the PHOTO TRANSFER APP especially now that sharing photos is much more than just a trend, its a lifestyle. \r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Photo Transfer App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Photo Transfer App 4.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2010/4/7/new-iphone-photo-app-photo-transfer-app.html\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This is a great app that works exactly as described.  In my tests I transferred photos from one iPhone to another, from iPhone to MacBook, and most impressively from MacBook back to iPhone, and all at full-res!!”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.whatsoniphone.com/reviews/photo-transfer-app-review\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">WhatsOniPhone</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Would I Buy Again: Yes...sending pictures between iDevices tends to be something I do a lot. Anything that makes it easier is good in my book! I have a feeling that I\'ll be using this app a lot. It make sharing pictures much easier.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://bestapps.me/2010/photo-transfer-app-iphone-app-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">BestApps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“If you want to take your phone to the next level and make it even more easy to use between different devices, get this app to help you move pictures from device to device.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Photo Transfer App - Transfer Photos To and From Your iPhone Over Wifi','','inherit','open','open','','4357-revision-12','','','2011-08-02 15:33:10','2011-08-02 15:33:10','',4357,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4357-revision-12.html',0,'revision','',0),(4372,16,'2011-08-02 15:02:48','2011-08-02 15:02:48','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic.jpg\"><img title=\"Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic.jpg\" width=\"470\" height=\"314\" alt=\"Hipstamatic\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic-Icon.png\" alt=\"Hipstamatic App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nTurn back the hands of time on your photos and have a heck of a good time doing it. The HIPSTAMATIC app is arguably THE BEST old school plastic / toy camera for the iPhone. If you haven\'t got it already, you need it in your iPhone \"camera bag\".</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Synthetic Infatuation</li>\r\n<li>Serves as a pseudo-toy camera on the iPhone</li>\r\n<li>Set the “Lenses,” “Flash,” and “Films” for various photo effects</li>\r\n<li>Shake the app to generate a random combination of Lens, Flash, and Film</li>\r\n<li>Share photos to Facebook, Flickr, Twitter, or Tumblr</li>\r\n<li>Order real prints through app</li>\r\n<li>Wide array of additional effects called “Hipstapaks” can be purchased from the Hipstamatic store</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Very slick, engaging interface</li>\r\n<li>High quality of vintage filters</li>\r\n<li>Simulates an old / plastic / toy camera</li>\r\n<li>Seemingly endless combinations for lenses, flash, and films give user a great deal of flexibility</li>\r\n<li>Photo processing is a bit like waiting for your polaroid to develop</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Photos taken with other apps cannot be edited in Hipstamatic</li>\r\n<li>Takes a little while to get used to the navigation</li>\r\n<li>Virtual viewfinder is small</li>\r\n<li>Photo processing takes a bit longer than other apps</li>\r\n<li>A bit of lag between shots (due to processing time)</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nHIPSTAMATIC is for anyone who wants to get retro-style photos with the ease of shooting digital. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]HIPSTAMATIC is the ultimate crossover between analogue and digital, get beautiful, rich, and visually interesting photos on your iPhone![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are lots of apps on the market that have the ability to produce results similar to that of HIPSTAMATIC but what sets it apart from others is that you actually feel as if you are holding an old plastic camera. Flippin\' cool. The classic black styling of the camera, buttons, and all the nitty-gritty aspects were brilliantly planned and well-executed in this very popular app. And of course, the icing on the cake is the absolutely stunning (we resisted saying awesome, but heck they really are awesome) vintage photos which you will be proud to sharing with your family and friends!\r\n\r\nTo be totally impartial, there\'s a few drawbacks. There have been comments that the app isn’t very intuitive to use, which is perhaps because of its old camera interface, which admittedly takes a bit of time to get used to. The viewfinder is also quite small, so you don\'t actually see everything in the viewfinder which does make it difficult to compose a shot - but for many, that is part of the appeal. Photos from HIPSTAMATIC aren\'t meant to be perfectly composed, they offer a quirky element which sometimes means imperfect shots. One big gripe from HIPSTAMATIC users is that shots taken with other apps cannot be edited within the app, a fair point since it seems many users would like to use the top-quality filters and effects on their other photos. \r\n\r\nUltimately the whole point of the HIPSTAMATIC app is that it is fun as well as slightly challenging and mysterious, much like using a true vintage camera. Considering the quirky element and the impressive photos, we are more than happy to take the good with the bad. HIPSTAMATIC definitely comes with top marks from The Beginners Lens!\r\n\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Hipstamatic 4.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2010/08/review-hipstamatic\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“While those who really want the fun reminder of yesteryear could easily pick up a cheap analog camera in a second hand shop, I suppose most will see two bucks for the app as being the better option. The bottom line is that if you like the app based on its description, you’ll love using it.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macworld.com/appguide/app.html?id=355058&expand=false\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">MacWorld</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Synthetic clearly spent a lot of time creating a unique app that doesn’t just produce nice results—it’s engaging and fun to use before you ever see the finished product.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appmodo.com/9676/hipstamatic-review-for-iphone/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">Appmodo</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Hipstamatic for iPhone comes highly recommended to photography enthusiasts of all ages. It is a fun application that will surely bring any dull Kodak moment to life.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Hipstamatic App – Bring On The Retro','','inherit','open','open','','4342-autosave','','','2011-08-02 15:02:48','2011-08-02 15:02:48','',4342,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4342-autosave.html',0,'revision','',0),(4373,14,'2011-08-02 13:32:27','2011-08-02 13:32:27','','Hipstamatic-Icon','','inherit','open','open','','hipstamatic-icon','','','2011-08-02 13:32:27','2011-08-02 13:32:27','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic-Icon.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4374,14,'2011-08-02 13:32:31','2011-08-02 13:32:31','','PhotoTransfer-Icon','','inherit','open','open','','phototransfer-icon','','','2011-08-02 13:32:31','2011-08-02 13:32:31','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransfer-Icon.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4375,14,'2011-08-02 13:07:42','2011-08-02 13:07:42','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransferApp.jpg\"><img title=\"PhotoTransferApp\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransferApp.jpg\" width=\"270\" height=\"503\" alt=\"Photo Transfer App\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"PhotoTransferApp\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransferApp-Logo.jpg\" alt=\"Photo Transfer App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nPHOTO TRANSFER APP enables you to share photos and videos between iPhone, iPad, iPod Touch, or computer devices via wifi network in a speedy fashion. The even greater news? There’s no need for cables or extra software!</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by ERCLab</li>\r\n<li>Downloads multiple photos from an iPhone to a computer</li>\r\n<li>Transfers photos in full resolution</li>\r\n<li>Preserves photo metadata in all transfer directions</li>\r\n<li>Works with other iDevices such as iPad and iPod Touch</li>\r\n<li>Compatible with computers running Windows, Mac and Linux </li>\r\n<li>Costs US$2.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Simple interface</li>\r\n<li>Extremely fast photo transfer ability</li>\r\n<li>Easy to use</li>\r\n<li>Download photos as ZIP file</li>\r\n<li>No cables/additional software needed</li>\r\n<li>Can upload/download multiple photos simultaneously</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Can’t browse through a whole album at a time</li>\r\n<li>Shared photos cannot be separated into albums for better organization\r\n</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPHOTO TRANSFER APP is for anyone whose go-to camera is an iPhone and is looking for the fastest way to share and transfer photos - without the stinking wires. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]PHOTO TRANSFER APP should be an indispensable tool for iPhoneographers who seek to make their lives a whole lot easier in sharing, downloading, or transferring photos. It\'s pretty quick and very convenient! [/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nAmong all its sales points, there are really two things which make the PHOTO TRANSFER APP a must have for the avid iPhoneographer: Downloading of full-res photos and extremely fast wireless sharing of images across all iDevices and computers. With this app, you can save yourself from all the hassle and frustration of photo sharing. All you need is a wireless connection and you’re set. \r\n\r\nThe app is very user-friendly; it does not really take so much time to get familiarized with the interface and controls. The transfer time is fast – and by fast, we mean impressively fast.\r\n\r\nThere are still a couple of things that must be worked on to further speed up the sharing process. It would have been much better if the user can do all the selecting of photos within the Photo Transfer App itself rather than being required to leave the app and access the photos in the regular Photo app. Organization and viewing of photos/videos need improvement as well. \r\n\r\nBut overall, PHOTO TRANSFER APP is definitely worth having especially that nowadays, photo sharing is not just a fad but a trend already. \r\n\r\nThis app does not look anything fancy and super spectacular but it does its job very well and that is what really matters. \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Photo Transfer App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Photo Transfer App 4.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2010/4/7/new-iphone-photo-app-photo-transfer-app.html\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This is a great app that works exactly as described.  In my tests I transferred photos from one iPhone to another, from iPhone to MacBook, and most impressively from MacBook back to iPhone, and all at full-res!!”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.whatsoniphone.com/reviews/photo-transfer-app-review\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">WhatsOniPhone</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Would I Buy Again: Yes...sending pictures between iDevices tends to be something I do a lot. Anything that makes it easier is good in my book! I have a feeling that I\'ll be using this app a lot. It make sharing pictures much easier.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://bestapps.me/2010/photo-transfer-app-iphone-app-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">BestApps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“If you want to take your phone to the next level and make it even more easy to use between different devices, get this app to help you move pictures from device to device.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Photo Transfer App - Download And Transfer Photos To And From Your iPhone In A Flash','','inherit','open','open','','4357-revision-9','','','2011-08-02 13:07:42','2011-08-02 13:07:42','',4357,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4357-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(4376,16,'2011-08-02 13:24:21','2011-08-02 13:24:21','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic.jpg\"><img title=\"Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic.jpg\" width=\"470\" height=\"314\" alt=\"Hipstamatic\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic-Logo.jpg\" alt=\"Hipstamatic App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nTake yourself back to the 70s and experience the fun of using an old school plastic camera through the iPhone with the HIPSTAMATIC app.</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Synthetic Infatuation</li>\r\n<li>Serves as a pseudo-toy camera on the iPhone</li>\r\n<li>Set the “Lenses,” “Flash,” and “Films” for various photo effects</li>\r\n<li>Share “printed”photos to Facebook, Flickr, Twitter, or Tumblr</li>\r\n<li>Wide array of additional effects called “Hipstapaks” can be purchased from the Hipstamatic store</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Interface looks beautiful</li>\r\n<li>Great quality of vintage filters </li>\r\n<li>Simulates an old camera nicely</li>\r\n<li>Different combo settins for lenses, flash, and films give user a great deal of flexibility</li>\r\n<li>Processes photos in a flash</li>\r\n<li>Very engaging to use</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Photos not captured using the app cannot be edited</li>\r\n<li>Takes a little while to get used to the app</li>\r\n<li>Virtual viewfinder is small</li>\r\n<li>A bit of lag between shots</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nHIPSTAMATIC is for anyone who wants to experience the joy of shooting digital photos as if they are shooting with a retro camera used in the yesteryears.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]HIPSTAMATIC did not make the crossing over of analogue cameras to its digital counterpart through the iPhone just a reality… it is a success![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are lots of apps out there that are similar to HIPSTAMATIC but what sets it apart from others is its ability to let the users feel that they are not holding an iPhone but an old plastic camera. The classic black styling of the camera, buttons, and all the nitty-gritty aspects were brilliantly planned and executed. The icing of the cake? The stunning vintage photos which you can really be proud of sharing to your family and friends!\r\n\r\nJust a few drawbacks though. Some may feel that the app isn’t very intuitive to use perhaps because of its attempt to simulate an old camera, which also takes time to get used to. The viewfinder is also small, thus making it a bit difficult to compose a shot. Moreover, the app does not process those shots taken using another app. \r\n\r\nBut maybe, that’s the whole point of this app. You experience the fun as well as the challenge of using vintage cameras in a stylized iPhone camera. Considering how enjoyable to use this app is and how impressive the processed photos are, we would be more than willing to take the good with the bad. HIPSTAMATIC definitely comes highly recommended!\r\n\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Hipstamatic 4.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2010/08/review-hipstamatic\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“While those who really want the fun reminder of yesteryear could easily pick up a cheap analog camera in a second hand shop, I suppose most will see two bucks for the app as being the better option. The bottom line is that if you like the app based on its description, you’ll love using it.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macworld.com/appguide/app.html?id=355058&expand=false\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">MacWorld</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Synthetic clearly spent a lot of time creating a unique app that doesn’t just produce nice results—it’s engaging and fun to use before you ever see the finished product.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appmodo.com/9676/hipstamatic-review-for-iphone/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">Appmodo</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Hipstamatic for iPhone comes highly recommended to photography enthusiasts of all ages. It is a fun application that will surely bring any dull Kodak moment to life.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Hipstamatic – Bring the Retro Back!','','inherit','open','open','','4342-revision-9','','','2011-08-02 13:24:21','2011-08-02 13:24:21','',4342,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4342-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(4381,16,'2011-08-02 14:37:21','2011-08-02 14:37:21','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic.jpg\"><img title=\"Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic.jpg\" width=\"470\" height=\"314\" alt=\"Hipstamatic\"></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic-Icon.png\" alt=\"Hipstamatic App Logo\" />\n\nTurn back the hands of time on your photos and have a heck of a good time doing it. The HIPSTAMATIC app is arguably THE BEST old school plastic / toy camera for the iPhone. If you haven\'t got it already, you need it in your iPhone \"camera bag\".</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by Synthetic Infatuation</li>\n<li>Serves as a pseudo-toy camera on the iPhone</li>\n<li>Set the “Lenses,” “Flash,” and “Films” for various photo effects</li>\n<li>Shake the app to generate a random combination of Lens, Flash, and Film</li>\n<li>Share photos to Facebook, Flickr, Twitter, or Tumblr</li>\n<li>Order real prints through app</li>\n<li>Wide array of additional effects called “Hipstapaks” can be purchased from the Hipstamatic store</li>\n<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Very slick, engaging interface</li>\n<li>High quality of vintage filters</li>\n<li>Simulates an old / plastic / toy camera</li>\n<li>Seemingly endless combinations for lenses, flash, and films give user a great deal of flexibility</li>\n<li>Photo processing is a bit like waiting for your polaroid to develop</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Photos taken with other apps cannot be edited in Hipstamatic</li>\n<li>Takes a little while to get used to the navigation</li>\n<li>Virtual viewfinder is small</li>\n<li>Photo processing takes a bit longer than other apps</li>\n<li>A bit of lag between shots (due to processing time)</li>\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\n\nHIPSTAMATIC is for anyone who wants to get retro-style photos with the ease of shooting digital. \n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]HIPSTAMATIC is the ultimate crossover between analogue and digital, get beautiful, rich, and visually interesting photos on your iPhone![/tab] [/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\nThere are lots of apps on the market that have the ability to produce results similar to that of HIPSTAMATIC but what sets it apart from others is that you actually feel as if you are holding an old plastic camera. Flippin\' cool. The classic black styling of the camera, buttons, and all the nitty-gritty aspects were brilliantly planned and well-executed in this very popular app. And of course, the icing on the cake is the absolutely stunning (we resisted saying awesome, but heck they really are awesome) vintage photos which you will be proud to sharing with your family and friends!\n\nTo be totally impartial, there\'s a few drawbacks. There have been comments that the app isn’t very intuitive to use, which is perhaps because of its old camera interface, which admittedly takes a bit of time to get used to. The viewfinder is also quite small, so you don\'t actually see everything in the viewfinder which does make it difficult to compose a shot - but for many, that is part of the appeal. Photos from HIPSTAMATIC aren\'t meant to be perfectly composed, they offer a quirky element which sometimes means imperfect shots. One big gripe from HIPSTAMATIC users is that shots taken with other apps cannot be edited within the app, a fair point since it seems many users would like to use the top-quality filters and effects on their other photos. \n\nUltimately the whole point of the HIPSTAMATIC app is that it is fun as well as slightly challenging and mysterious, much like using a true vintage camera. Considering the quirky element and the impressive photos, we are more than happy to take the good with the bad. HIPSTAMATIC definitely comes with top marks from The Beginners Lens!\n\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Hipstamatic 4.5 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2010/08/review-hipstamatic\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“While those who really want the fun reminder of yesteryear could easily pick up a cheap analog camera in a second hand shop, I suppose most will see two bucks for the app as being the better option. The bottom line is that if you like the app based on its description, you’ll love using it.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macworld.com/appguide/app.html?id=355058&expand=false\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">MacWorld</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Synthetic clearly spent a lot of time creating a unique app that doesn’t just produce nice results—it’s engaging and fun to use before you ever see the finished product.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appmodo.com/9676/hipstamatic-review-for-iphone/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">Appmodo</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Hipstamatic for iPhone comes highly recommended to photography enthusiasts of all ages. It is a fun application that will surely bring any dull Kodak moment to life.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','Hipstamatic App – Bring the Retro Back!','','inherit','open','open','','4342-revision-14','','','2011-08-02 14:37:21','2011-08-02 14:37:21','',4342,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4342-revision-14.html',0,'revision','',0),(4377,14,'2011-08-02 13:56:08','2011-08-02 13:56:08','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic.jpg\"><img title=\"Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic.jpg\" width=\"470\" height=\"314\" alt=\"Hipstamatic\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic-Logo.jpg\" alt=\"Hipstamatic App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nTurn back the hands of time on your photos and have a heck of a good time doing it. The HIPSTAMATIC app is arguably THE BEST old school plastic / toy camera for the iPhone. If you haven\'t got it already, you need it in your iPhone \"camera bag\".</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Synthetic Infatuation</li>\r\n<li>Serves as a pseudo-toy camera on the iPhone</li>\r\n<li>Set the “Lenses,” “Flash,” and “Films” for various photo effects</li>\r\n<li>Shake the app to generate a random combination of Lens, Flash, and Film</li>\r\n<li>Share photos to Facebook, Flickr, Twitter, or Tumblr</li>\r\n<li>Order real prints through app</li>\r\n<li>Wide array of additional effects called “Hipstapaks” can be purchased from the Hipstamatic store</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Very slick, engaging interface</li>\r\n<li>High quality of vintage filters</li>\r\n<li>Simulates an old / plastic / toy camera</li>\r\n<li>Seemingly endless combinations for lenses, flash, and films give user a great deal of flexibility</li>\r\n<li>Photo processing is a bit like waiting for your polaroid to develop</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Photos taken with other apps cannot be edited in Hipstamatic</li>\r\n<li>Takes a little while to get used to the navigation</li>\r\n<li>Virtual viewfinder is small</li>\r\n<li>Photo processing takes a bit longer than other apps</li>\r\n<li>A bit of lag between shots (due to processing time)</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nHIPSTAMATIC is for anyone who wants to get retro-style photos with the ease of shooting digital. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]HIPSTAMATIC is the ultimate crossover between analogue and digital, get beautiful, rich, and visually interesting photos on your iPhone![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are lots of apps on the market that have the ability to produce results similar to that of HIPSTAMATIC but what sets it apart from others is that you actually feel as if you are holding an old plastic camera. Flippin\' cool. The classic black styling of the camera, buttons, and all the nitty-gritty aspects were brilliantly planned and well-executed in this very popular app. And of course, the icing on the cake is the absolutely stunning (we resisted saying awesome, but heck they really are awesome) vintage photos which you will be proud to sharing with your family and friends!\r\n\r\nTo be totally impartial, there\'s a few drawbacks. There have been comments that the app isn’t very intuitive to use, which is perhaps because of its old camera interface, which admittedly takes a bit of time to get used to. The viewfinder is also quite small, so you don\'t actually see everything in the viewfinder which does make it difficult to compose a shot - but for many, that is part of the appeal. Photos from HIPSTAMATIC aren\'t meant to be perfectly composed, they offer a quirky element which sometimes means imperfect shots. One big gripe from HIPSTAMATIC users is that shots taken with other apps cannot be edited within the app, a fair point since it seems many users would like to use the top-quality filters and effects on their other photos. \r\n\r\nUltimately the whole point of the HIPSTAMATIC app is that it is fun as well as slightly challenging and mysterious, much like using a true vintage camera. Considering the quirky element and the impressive photos, we are more than happy to take the good with the bad. HIPSTAMATIC definitely comes with top marks from The Beginners Lens!\r\n\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Hipstamatic 4.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2010/08/review-hipstamatic\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“While those who really want the fun reminder of yesteryear could easily pick up a cheap analog camera in a second hand shop, I suppose most will see two bucks for the app as being the better option. The bottom line is that if you like the app based on its description, you’ll love using it.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macworld.com/appguide/app.html?id=355058&expand=false\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">MacWorld</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Synthetic clearly spent a lot of time creating a unique app that doesn’t just produce nice results—it’s engaging and fun to use before you ever see the finished product.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appmodo.com/9676/hipstamatic-review-for-iphone/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">Appmodo</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Hipstamatic for iPhone comes highly recommended to photography enthusiasts of all ages. It is a fun application that will surely bring any dull Kodak moment to life.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Hipstamatic – Bring the Retro Back!','','inherit','open','open','','4342-revision-10','','','2011-08-02 13:56:08','2011-08-02 13:56:08','',4342,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4342-revision-10.html',0,'revision','',0),(2911,14,'2011-05-28 12:39:31','2011-05-28 12:39:31','','iShuttr','','inherit','open','open','','ishuttr','','','2011-05-28 12:39:31','2011-05-28 12:39:31','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/iShuttr.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2912,14,'2011-05-28 12:40:10','2011-05-28 12:40:10','','Dot','','inherit','open','open','','dot','','','2011-05-28 12:40:10','2011-05-28 12:40:10','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/Dot.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2909,14,'2011-05-30 11:10:55','2011-05-30 11:10:55','Every day more and more iPhone users are trading in their point & shoot camera for the ease and convenience of using their iPhone. It used to be that photography enthusiasts took both their phone and their camera with them everywhere, but the ever-expanding field of iPhone photography means we\'ve got our phone and our camera all in one handy little device! But...there may be some of you who are missing your actual compact camera...perhaps you\'re missing the feel of a \"real camera\", or your longing for something a bit sturdier. And what if you do need to use a \"real flash\". Sure, there\'s apps to improve your photography, but we\'re talking about something physical here...a real accessory to turn your iPhone 4 camera into a real life compact point & shoot. \r\n\r\nEnter the iShuttr.  \r\n\r\n\r\n<a title=\"iShuttr\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/iShuttr.jpg\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"554\" height=\"365\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/iShuttr.jpg\"]</a>\r\n\r\n\r\nAdvertised as the “ultimate camera accessory for the iPhone 4,” iShuttr is a special camera case that attempts to address some of the notable shortcomings/limitations of the iPhone 4 and in turn will help you get the shots you want with your iPhone camera. Check out some of these cool features:\r\n\r\n<h4>Lightning</h4>\r\n\r\niPhone 4’s LED flash, while decent, can still be incredibly frustrating and inefficient since it still only reaches 2 -3 feet. With iShuttr’s built-in real firing flash you get a nice strong burst of light to illuminate any situation. And whats even better, the flash is powered by an external battery, and not the battery of the phone itself so it won\'t put additional drain on your power resources. So let the iShuttr light up your life a little!   \r\n \r\n<h4>Great controls</h4>\r\n\r\nUsing the touchscreen works to quickly snap a photo, but it does also leave more opportunity for motion blur as you remove your finger from the shutter button it is difficult to keep your body perfectly still. And what about that zoom? iShuttr’s zoom in/out buttons as well as the dedicated shutter release may just be the answer. Now all you have to do is to point the camera towards your subject, move the zoom button to frame your shot, and click on the shutter button when you want to take the photo… just like a dedicated compact camera. \r\n\r\n<h4>Support and Protection</h4>\r\n\r\nNow this is pretty awesome...the iShuttr enables the iPhone to be mounted on any standard tripod, may it be vertically or horizontally, so no need to buy <em>another</em> tripod...use the one you already have! \r\n\r\nMoreover, iShuttr comes with a built-in hand grip, providing additional comfort and protection to your iPhone. The hand grip also provides the photographer with the much-needed stability when shooting handheld with the iPhone. \r\n\r\nSo to wrap it up, one look at the ample list of features, and its clear that the iShuttr has the potential to live up to its claim as \"the ultimate iPhone accessory\". Want to get your hands on one of these? Well, It is currently still in the development stage and is listed on Kickstarter to raise funds for the development of the product. Get over to Kickstarter and help iShuttr launch...we all want one! \r\n','iPhone 4 Camera Accessory of the Future! ','','publish','open','open','','iphone-4-camera-accessory-of-the-future','','','2011-05-30 13:18:38','2011-05-30 13:18:38','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=2909',0,'post','',0),(4719,16,'2011-08-13 15:55:51','2011-08-13 15:55:51','<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\n\nWhen I was little I used to use my father\'s camera ever since I can remember. When I turned 16 I got my first SLR - a Canon AE-1. I used to push the limits of what shots I took. I remember taking tons and tons of slides because the photo developers would process all the slides. With prints, they interpreted my experiments as mistakes! I had to write \"process as is\" on every envelope. The waiting was agony! I finally joined the digital world kicking and screaming. But when I did embrace it, I could not believe how wonderful it was. The only thing I miss about film photography is the smell of a darkroom. I have been a photographer for several years now specializing in sports and nature, one day I didn\'t have my \"big girl\" camera with me, but I did have my iPhone. Suddenly it was like a light went off in my head and I realized how powerful this little phone really is. Now I see how far I can push the limits of the phone. I am having a ball discovering new techniques and new applications.\n\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?</h4>\n\nWhat a loaded question! So many people have so many different interpretations! But for me, I feel that I am constantly still learning what defines iPhoneography. I may be a bit stricter than most about it, but to me it means any photo that was taken and processed on the iPhone. I don\'t have an iPad so I can\'t say whether I would include that in the definition or not. But the ability to take a photo, tweak and process it within a matter or moments is tremendous! I can email photos of people and scenes on the spot! So iPhoneography really means convenience and power to me. \n\nThe difference is in the immediacy. If I thought my wait time from shot to final product was reduced transitioning from film to digital, it has dropped to zero with the iPhone. I can process quickly and show people how and why I am processing an image the way I am immediately after I shoot the photo. I have begun to joke that I have a camera with me at all times that I sometimes use to call, text and email - so the convenience of iPhoneography is probably the biggest difference with regular photography. The fact that you can do all in one with iPhoneography and with regular photography you need a computer and all the equipment just makes it so simple for anyone to do. It allows photography to be approachable by all.\n\n<h4>Do you have an iPhoneography style? If so, how would you describe it?</h4>\n\nI tend to experiment more with my iPhone - mainly because I can. But of course what is inside me comes out through my photos and what I know is nature. WIth nature photography I love shooting macro, so I tried as hard as I could to transform my phone into a tool for macro photography. With a little brainstorming and experimentation I figured out that a jeweler\'s loupe was a great external lens to use for macro shots. So while I would love to say my style encompasses everything I shoot with my iPhone, my best work is with nature and macro shots.\n\n<h4>Is it important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\n\nYes I believe it is critical to have an iPhoneography style. Just like any photographer it is important to separate yourself from everyone else and make your art personal. Being able to identify a line-up of photos by the photographer is extremely important to distinguish yourself. A style is much more important to me than a copyright in the corner of the photo. A style is unique and distinct as yourself. Style is something that can\'t be taught or learned though, it is something within each photographer. It will come out through hard work and practice. iPhoneography allows a lot of different styles to emerge that regular photography doesn\'t. For instance I know photographers that specialize in grunge effects, or some that are experts with HDR or others that use lo fi effects to their max. There are lots of styles that can be inspired by the iPhone.\n\n\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\n\nPractice practice practice. Take your iPhone everywhere and try to take as many shots as you can. You will be able to learn the craft through experimentation. You will learn what works for you and what doesn\'t. It\'s not an easy craft to learn - you need to awaken it within you. You can be inspired by others but their style will not be your style, so take as many shots as you can until you find that special shot you know is yours and yours alone. And when that a-ha moment hits, you will know it. \n\nWe are all constantly learning. There is no ceiling to what we can discover!\n\n<h4>What tips could you share with budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\n\nPractice and experiment. Find the subjects that are most appealing to you. You can never take too many digital photos - that is what the delete button is for! With an iPhone you can take a break and look through what you have just shot and learn on the spot - reshoot by making some self corrections and delete the ones that failed. \n\nWith an iPhone it is extremely easy to take at least one photo every day. By doing this you force yourself to look at the world through a lens. By actively seeing and looking at the world  you will discover those found moments that you would miss if you were passively strolling on by. \n\nThe app store can be an overwhelming place! New apps are released daily and each one of them promises to be the \"best\" post processing app; or the \"only\" post processing app you will need. It\'s easy to fall into the hype of this as a beginner so my advice would be to pick a few apps that you really enjoy and really learn them. Discover what they can do inside and out. Learn all the features. Practice and experiment on each photo you take and that way you will learn what works and what doesn\'t. One of the mistakes budding iPhoneographers make is over-apping a photo. All those apps I mentioned makes it is really tempting to use them all on every photo! But that just makes it look like a mash up. Pick the app that you like the most and use it. Use it a lot. As you learn what a few apps can do then you can branch out and expand your \"camera bag.\" It will make it easier to learn new apps in the future if you really know one or two apps when you first start. \n\nFind a style that suits you through this period of experimentation and it will definitely come through when shooting a type of shot becomes second nature to you. Knowing why and how to use an app will help develop this style that will be yours and yours alone.\n\n\nA collection of Hope\'s macro iPhoneography can be see <a href=\"http://sofobomo.org/book-596-iDrops\" title=\"Hope-Valarie Pashos Macro iPhoneography\">here.</a>    \n\nCheck out Hope\'s other work <a href=\"http://www.saunterings.tumblr.com\" title=\"Hope-Valerie Pashos\">here.</a> \n','Macro iPhoneography with Hope-Valerie Pashos ','','inherit','open','open','','4714-revision-5','','','2011-08-13 15:55:51','2011-08-13 15:55:51','',4714,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4714-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(4720,16,'2011-08-13 15:56:24','2011-08-13 15:56:24','<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\n\r\nWhen I was little I used to use my father\'s camera ever since I can remember. When I turned 16 I got my first SLR - a Canon AE-1. I used to push the limits of what shots I took. I remember taking tons and tons of slides because the photo developers would process all the slides. With prints, they interpreted my experiments as mistakes! I had to write \"process as is\" on every envelope. The waiting was agony! I finally joined the digital world kicking and screaming. But when I did embrace it, I could not believe how wonderful it was. The only thing I miss about film photography is the smell of a darkroom. I have been a photographer for several years now specializing in sports and nature, one day I didn\'t have my \"big girl\" camera with me, but I did have my iPhone. Suddenly it was like a light went off in my head and I realized how powerful this little phone really is. Now I see how far I can push the limits of the phone. I am having a ball discovering new techniques and new applications.\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?</h4>\r\n\r\nWhat a loaded question! So many people have so many different interpretations! But for me, I feel that I am constantly still learning what defines iPhoneography. I may be a bit stricter than most about it, but to me it means any photo that was taken and processed on the iPhone. I don\'t have an iPad so I can\'t say whether I would include that in the definition or not. But the ability to take a photo, tweak and process it within a matter or moments is tremendous! I can email photos of people and scenes on the spot! So iPhoneography really means convenience and power to me. \r\n\r\nThe difference is in the immediacy. If I thought my wait time from shot to final product was reduced transitioning from film to digital, it has dropped to zero with the iPhone. I can process quickly and show people how and why I am processing an image the way I am immediately after I shoot the photo. I have begun to joke that I have a camera with me at all times that I sometimes use to call, text and email - so the convenience of iPhoneography is probably the biggest difference with regular photography. The fact that you can do all in one with iPhoneography and with regular photography you need a computer and all the equipment just makes it so simple for anyone to do. It allows photography to be approachable by all.\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you have an iPhoneography style? If so, how would you describe it?</h4>\r\n\r\nI tend to experiment more with my iPhone - mainly because I can. But of course what is inside me comes out through my photos and what I know is nature. WIth nature photography I love shooting macro, so I tried as hard as I could to transform my phone into a tool for macro photography. With a little brainstorming and experimentation I figured out that a jeweler\'s loupe was a great external lens to use for macro shots. So while I would love to say my style encompasses everything I shoot with my iPhone, my best work is with nature and macro shots.\r\n\r\n<h4>Is it important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n\r\nYes I believe it is critical to have an iPhoneography style. Just like any photographer it is important to separate yourself from everyone else and make your art personal. Being able to identify a line-up of photos by the photographer is extremely important to distinguish yourself. A style is much more important to me than a copyright in the corner of the photo. A style is unique and distinct as yourself. Style is something that can\'t be taught or learned though, it is something within each photographer. It will come out through hard work and practice. iPhoneography allows a lot of different styles to emerge that regular photography doesn\'t. For instance, I know photographers that specialize in grunge effects, or some that are experts with HDR or others that use lo-fi effects to the max. There\'s so much choice! \r\n\r\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\r\n\r\nPractice practice practice. Take your iPhone everywhere and try to take as many shots as you can. You will be able to learn the craft through experimentation. You will learn what works for you and what doesn\'t. It\'s not an easy craft to learn - you need to awaken it within you. You can be inspired by others but their style will not be your style, so take as many shots as you can until you find that special shot you know is yours and yours alone. And when that a-ha moment hits, you will know it. \r\n\r\nWe are all constantly learning. There is no ceiling to what we can discover!\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips could you share with budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nPractice and experiment. Find the subjects that are most appealing to you. You can never take too many digital photos - that is what the delete button is for! With an iPhone you can take a break and look through what you have just shot and learn on the spot - reshoot by making some self corrections and delete the ones that failed. \r\n\r\nWith an iPhone it is extremely easy to take at least one photo every day. By doing this you force yourself to look at the world through a lens. By actively seeing and looking at the world  you will discover those found moments that you would miss if you were passively strolling on by. \r\n\r\nThe app store can be an overwhelming place! New apps are released daily and each one of them promises to be the \"best\" post processing app; or the \"only\" post processing app you will need. It\'s easy to fall into the hype of this as a beginner so my advice would be to pick a few apps that you really enjoy and really learn them. Discover what they can do inside and out. Learn all the features. Practice and experiment on each photo you take and that way you will learn what works and what doesn\'t. One of the mistakes budding iPhoneographers make is over-apping a photo. All those apps I mentioned makes it is really tempting to use them all on every photo! But that just makes it look like a mash up. Pick the app that you like the most and use it. Use it a lot. As you learn what a few apps can do then you can branch out and expand your \"camera bag.\" It will make it easier to learn new apps in the future if you really know one or two apps when you first start. \r\n\r\nFind a style that suits you through this period of experimentation and it will definitely come through when shooting a type of shot becomes second nature to you. Knowing why and how to use an app will help develop this style that will be yours and yours alone.\r\n\r\n\r\nA collection of Hope\'s macro iPhoneography can be see <a href=\"http://sofobomo.org/book-596-iDrops\" title=\"Hope-Valarie Pashos Macro iPhoneography\">here.</a>    \r\n\r\nCheck out Hope\'s other work <a href=\"http://www.saunterings.tumblr.com\" title=\"Hope-Valerie Pashos\">here.</a> \r\n','Macro iPhoneography with Hope-Valerie Pashos ','','inherit','open','open','','4714-revision-6','','','2011-08-13 15:56:24','2011-08-13 15:56:24','',4714,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4714-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(4721,16,'2011-08-13 15:56:40','2011-08-13 15:56:40','<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\n\r\nWhen I was little I used to use my father\'s camera ever since I can remember. When I turned 16 I got my first SLR - a Canon AE-1. I used to push the limits of what shots I took. I remember taking tons and tons of slides because the photo developers would process all the slides. With prints, they interpreted my experiments as mistakes! I had to write \"process as is\" on every envelope. The waiting was agony! I finally joined the digital world kicking and screaming. But when I did embrace it, I could not believe how wonderful it was. The only thing I miss about film photography is the smell of a darkroom. I have been a photographer for several years now specializing in sports and nature, one day I didn\'t have my \"big girl\" camera with me, but I did have my iPhone. Suddenly it was like a light went off in my head and I realized how powerful this little phone really is. Now I see how far I can push the limits of the phone. I am having a ball discovering new techniques and new applications.\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?</h4>\r\n\r\nWhat a loaded question! So many people have so many different interpretations! But for me, I feel that I am constantly still learning what defines iPhoneography. I may be a bit stricter than most about it, but to me it means any photo that was taken and processed on the iPhone. I don\'t have an iPad so I can\'t say whether I would include that in the definition or not. But the ability to take a photo, tweak and process it within a matter or moments is tremendous! I can email photos of people and scenes on the spot! So iPhoneography really means convenience and power to me. \r\n\r\nThe difference is in the immediacy. If I thought my wait time from shot to final product was reduced transitioning from film to digital, it has dropped to zero with the iPhone. I can process quickly and show people how and why I am processing an image the way I am immediately after I shoot the photo. I have begun to joke that I have a camera with me at all times that I sometimes use to call, text and email - so the convenience of iPhoneography is probably the biggest difference with regular photography. The fact that you can do all in one with iPhoneography and with regular photography you need a computer and all the equipment just makes it so simple for anyone to do. It allows photography to be approachable by all.\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you have an iPhoneography style? If so, how would you describe it?</h4>\r\n\r\nI tend to experiment more with my iPhone - mainly because I can. But of course what is inside me comes out through my photos and what I know is nature. WIth nature photography I love shooting macro, so I tried as hard as I could to transform my phone into a tool for macro photography. With a little brainstorming and experimentation I figured out that a jeweler\'s loupe was a great external lens to use for macro shots. So while I would love to say my style encompasses everything I shoot with my iPhone, my best work is with nature and macro shots.\r\n\r\n<h4>Is it important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n\r\nYes I believe it is critical to have an iPhoneography style. Just like any photographer it is important to separate yourself from everyone else and make your art personal. Being able to identify a line-up of photos by the photographer is extremely important to distinguish yourself. A style is much more important to me than a copyright in the corner of the photo. A style is unique and distinct as yourself. Style is something that can\'t be taught or learned though, it is something within each photographer. It will come out through hard work and practice. iPhoneography allows a lot of different styles to emerge that regular photography doesn\'t. For instance, I know photographers that specialize in grunge effects, or some that are experts with HDR or others that use lo-fi effects to the max. There\'s so much choice! \r\n\r\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\r\n\r\nPractice practice practice. Take your iPhone everywhere and try to take as many shots as you can. You will be able to learn the craft through experimentation. You will learn what works for you and what doesn\'t. It\'s not an easy craft to learn - you need to awaken it within you. You can be inspired by others but their style will not be your style, so take as many shots as you can until you find that special shot you know is yours and yours alone. And when that a-ha moment hits, you will know it. \r\n\r\nWe are all constantly learning. There is no ceiling to what we can discover!\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips could you share with budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nPractice and experiment. Find the subjects that are most appealing to you. You can never take too many digital photos - that is what the delete button is for! With an iPhone you can take a break and look through what you have just shot and learn on the spot - reshoot by making some self corrections and delete the ones that failed. \r\n\r\nWith an iPhone it is extremely easy to take at least one photo every day. By doing this you force yourself to look at the world through a lens. By actively seeing and looking at the world  you will discover those found moments that you would miss if you were passively strolling on by. \r\n\r\nThe app store can be an overwhelming place! New apps are released daily and each one of them promises to be the \"best\" post processing app; or the \"only\" post processing app you will need. It\'s easy to fall into the hype of this as a beginner so my advice would be to pick a few apps that you really enjoy and really learn them. Discover what they can do inside and out. Learn all the features. Practice and experiment on each photo you take and that way you will learn what works and what doesn\'t. One of the mistakes budding iPhoneographers make is over-apping a photo. All those apps I mentioned makes it is really tempting to use them all on every photo! But that just makes it look like a mash up. Pick the app that you like the most and use it. Use it a lot. As you learn what a few apps can do then you can branch out and expand your \"camera bag.\" It will make it easier to learn new apps in the future if you really know one or two apps when you first start. \r\n\r\nFind a style that suits you through this period of experimentation and it will definitely come through when shooting a type of shot becomes second nature to you. Knowing why and how to use an app will help develop this style that will be yours and yours alone.\r\n\r\n\r\nA collection of Hope\'s macro iPhoneography can be see <a href=\"http://sofobomo.org/book-596-iDrops\" title=\"Hope-Valarie Pashos Macro iPhoneography\">here.</a>    \r\n\r\nCheck out Hope\'s other work <a href=\"http://www.saunterings.tumblr.com\" title=\"Hope-Valerie Pashos\">here.</a> \r\n','Macro iPhoneography with Hope-Valerie Pashos ','','inherit','open','open','','4714-revision-7','','','2011-08-13 15:56:40','2011-08-13 15:56:40','',4714,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4714-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(5362,5,'2011-09-19 11:16:30','2011-09-19 11:16:30','<div>[twothirds_columns height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\"] [postgallery_image width=\"580\" id=\"0\" height=\"338\" undefined slidesetid=\"19sept\"   animation=\"fade\" tween=\"easeInSine\"  timeout=\"7\"     /] [/styledbox] [/twothirds_columns] [onethird_columns_last height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<a href=\"?lightbox[width]=524&lightbox[height]=370#mailchimpform\" class=\"lightbox\"><img align=\"aligncenter\" style=\"margin:0px 0px 0px 0px\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/tipstricksad.jpg\" title=\"\" alt=\"\"></a>\r\n</center>[/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<div style=\"float:left; margin-bottom:8px; width:100%\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/sign-up-to-the-weekly-snapshot\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/newsicon2.png\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\" alt=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\"></a><h3 style=\"margin: -50px -80px 11px 125px; line-height:20px\"><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/sign-up-to-the-weekly-snapshot\" title=\"Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot\">Sign Up To The<br />Weekly Snapshot!</a></h3></div>[/styledbox] [/onethird_columns_last] [hozbreak] </div>\r\n<p>\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>What\'s New On The Beginners\' Lens</h2>\r\n[postgallery_grid content=\"textimage\" columns=\"4\"  categories=\"56,55,48,45,49,46,54\" shadow=\"shadow-xsmall\" id=\"0\" imageeffect=\"shadowreflection\" imgheight=\"129\" imgwidth=\"220\"  excerpt=\"40\"  limit=\"8\"  sortby=\"date\" orderby=\"DESC\" /] [hozbreaktop] \r\n\r\n<div style=\"display: none;\">\r\n<div id=\"mailchimpform\"<!-- Begin MailChimp Signup Form -->\r\n\r\n<!--[if IE]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	#mc_embed_signup fieldset {position: relative;} 	#mc_embed_signup legend {position: absolute; top: -1em; left: .2em;} --><!--[endif] -->\r\n<!--[if IE 7]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	.mc-field-group {overflow:visible;} -->\r\n\r\n<!--[endif] -->\r\n<div id=\"mc_embed_signup\"><form id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" class=\"validate\" style=\"font: normal 100% Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 10px;\" action=\"http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage.com/subscribe/post?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&amp;id=2c20bfda51\" method=\"post\">\r\n<fieldset style=\"border-radius: 4px; border: 1px solid #ccc; padding-top: 1.5em; margin: .5em 0; background-color: #ffffff; color: #000; text-align: left;\">\r\n<div class=\"mc-field-group\" style=\"margin: 1.3em 5%; clear: both; overflow: hidden;\">\r\n\r\n<label style=\"display: block; margin: .3em 0; line-height: 1em; font-weight: bold;\" for=\"mce-EMAIL\">Email Address </label>\r\n\r\n<input id=\"mce-EMAIL\" class=\"required email\" style=\"margin-right: 1.5em; padding: .2em .3em; width: 90%; float: left; z-index: 999;\" name=\"EMAIL\" type=\"text\" /></div>\r\n<div id=\"mce-responses\" style=\"float: left; top: -1.4em; padding: 0em .5em 0em .5em; overflow: hidden; width: 90%; margin: 0 5%; clear: both;\">\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n</div>\r\n<div><input id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe\" class=\"btn\" style=\"clear: both; width: auto; display: block; margin: 1em 0 1em 5%;\" name=\"subscribe\" type=\"submit\" value=\"Access Tips\" /></div></fieldset>\r\n<a id=\"mc_embed_close\" class=\"mc_embed_close\" style=\"display: none;\" href=\"#\">Close</a>\r\n\r\n</form></div>\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">// <![CDATA[\r\n var fnames = new Array();var ftypes = new Array();fnames[0]=\'EMAIL\';ftypes[0]=\'email\'; try {     var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;     jqueryLoaded=true; } catch(err) {     var jqueryLoaded=false; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; if (!jqueryLoaded) {     var script = document.createElement(\'script\');     script.type = \'text/javascript\';     script.src = \'http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.4.4/jquery.min.js\';     head.appendChild(script);     if (script.readyState &#038;&#038; script.onload!==null){         script.onreadystatechange= function () {               if (this.readyState == \'complete\') mce_preload_check();         }         } } var script = document.createElement(\'script\'); script.type = \'text/javascript\'; script.src = \'http://downloads.mailchimp.com/js/jquery.form-n-validate.js\'; head.appendChild(script); var err_style = \'\'; try{     err_style = mc_custom_error_style; } catch(e){     err_style = \'margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em 0.5em 0.5em 0.5em; background: FFEEEE none repeat scroll 0% 0%; font-weight: bold; float: left; z-index: 1; width: 80%; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; color: FF0000;\'; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; var style= document.createElement(\'style\'); style.type= \'text/css\'; if (style.styleSheet) {   style.styleSheet.cssText = \'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\'; } else {   style.appendChild(document.createTextNode(\'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\')); } head.appendChild(style); setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250); var mce_preload_checks = 0; function mce_preload_check(){     if (mce_preload_checks>40) return;\r\n    mce_preload_checks++;\r\n    try {\r\n        var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    try {\r\n        var validatorLoaded=jQuery(\"#fake-form\").validate({});\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    mce_init_form();\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_init_form(){\r\n    jQuery(document).ready( function($) {\r\n      var options = { errorClass: \'mce_inline_error\', errorElement: \'div\', onkeyup: function(){}, onfocusout:function(){}, onblur:function(){}  };\r\n      var mce_validator = $(\"#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\").validate(options);\r\n      options = { url: \'http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage1.com/subscribe/post-json?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&#038;id=2c20bfda51&#038;c=?\', type: \'GET\', dataType: \'json\', contentType: \"application/json; charset=utf-8\",\r\n                    beforeSubmit: function(){\r\n                        $(\'#mce_tmp_error_msg\').remove();\r\n                        $(\'.datefield\',\'#mc_embed_signup\').each(\r\n                            function(){\r\n                                var txt = \'filled\';\r\n                                var fields = new Array();\r\n                                var i = 0;\r\n                                $(\':text\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                        fields[i] = this;\r\n                                        i++;\r\n                                    });\r\n                                $(\':hidden\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                    	if ( fields[0].value==\'MM\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'DD\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'YYYY\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else if ( fields[0].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else {\r\n	                                        this.value = fields[0].value+\'/\'+fields[1].value+\'/\'+fields[2].value;\r\n	                                    }\r\n                                    });\r\n                            });\r\n                        return mce_validator.form();\r\n                    }, \r\n                    success: mce_success_cb\r\n                };\r\n      $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').ajaxForm(options);      \r\n\r\n    });\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_success_cb(resp){\r\n    $(\'#mce-success-response\').hide();\r\n    $(\'#mce-error-response\').hide();\r\n    if (resp.result==\"success\"){\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(resp.msg);\r\n        $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').each(function(){\r\n            this.reset();\r\n    	});\r\n    } else {\r\n        var index = -1;\r\n        var msg;\r\n        try {\r\n            var parts = resp.msg.split(\' - \',2);\r\n            if (parts[1]==undefined){\r\n                msg = resp.msg;\r\n            } else {\r\n                i = parseInt(parts[0]);\r\n                if (i.toString() == parts[0]){\r\n                    index = parts[0];\r\n                    msg = parts[1];\r\n                } else {\r\n                    index = -1;\r\n                    msg = resp.msg;\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            index = -1;\r\n            msg = resp.msg;\r\n        }\r\n        try{\r\n            if (index== -1){\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);            \r\n            } else {\r\n                err_id = \'mce_tmp_error_msg\';\r\n                html = \'\r\n\r\n<div id=\"\'+err_id+\'\" style=\"\'+err_style+\'\"> \'+msg+\'</div>\r\n\r\n\';\r\n\r\n                var input_id = \'#mc_embed_signup\';\r\n                var f = $(input_id);\r\n                if (ftypes[index]==\'address\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-addr1\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else if (ftypes[index]==\'date\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-month\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else {\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index];\r\n                    f = $().parent(input_id).get(0);\r\n                }\r\n                if (f){\r\n                    $(f).append(html);\r\n                    $(input_id).focus();\r\n                } else {\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n        }\r\n    }\r\n}\r\n// ]]></script>\r\n\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]<strong>We\'ll send you a link to download the PDF. </strong><p>Enter you\'re email address to receive your link![/styledbox]\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]We respect your privacy. We will never share, rent or sell your information to ANYONE. You can unsubscribe any time.</div>[/styledbox]\r\n</div>','Home','','inherit','open','open','','1759-revision-34','','','2011-09-19 11:16:30','2011-09-19 11:16:30','',1759,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/1759-revision-34.html',0,'revision','',0),(4724,16,'2011-08-13 16:53:05','2011-08-13 16:53:05','','hopevalarie1','','inherit','open','open','','hopevalarie1','','','2011-08-13 16:53:05','2011-08-13 16:53:05','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie1.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4725,16,'2011-08-13 16:53:16','2011-08-13 16:53:16','','hopevalarie2','','inherit','open','open','','hopevalarie2','','','2011-08-13 16:53:16','2011-08-13 16:53:16','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie2.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4726,16,'2011-08-13 16:53:26','2011-08-13 16:53:26','','hopevalarie3','','inherit','open','open','','hopevalarie3','','','2011-08-13 16:53:26','2011-08-13 16:53:26','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie3.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4727,16,'2011-08-13 16:53:37','2011-08-13 16:53:37','','hopevalarie4','','inherit','open','open','','hopevalarie4','','','2011-08-13 16:53:37','2011-08-13 16:53:37','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie4.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4728,16,'2011-08-13 15:57:01','2011-08-13 15:57:01','<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\n\r\nWhen I was little I used to use my father\'s camera ever since I can remember. When I turned 16 I got my first SLR - a Canon AE-1. I used to push the limits of what shots I took. I remember taking tons and tons of slides because the photo developers would process all the slides. With prints, they interpreted my experiments as mistakes! I had to write \"process as is\" on every envelope. The waiting was agony! I finally joined the digital world kicking and screaming. But when I did embrace it, I could not believe how wonderful it was. The only thing I miss about film photography is the smell of a darkroom. I have been a photographer for several years now specializing in sports and nature, one day I didn\'t have my \"big girl\" camera with me, but I did have my iPhone. Suddenly it was like a light went off in my head and I realized how powerful this little phone really is. Now I see how far I can push the limits of the phone. I am having a ball discovering new techniques and new applications.\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?</h4>\r\n\r\nWhat a loaded question! So many people have so many different interpretations! But for me, I feel that I am constantly still learning what defines iPhoneography. I may be a bit stricter than most about it, but to me it means any photo that was taken and processed on the iPhone. I don\'t have an iPad so I can\'t say whether I would include that in the definition or not. But the ability to take a photo, tweak and process it within a matter or moments is tremendous! I can email photos of people and scenes on the spot! So iPhoneography really means convenience and power to me. \r\n\r\nThe difference is in the immediacy. If I thought my wait time from shot to final product was reduced transitioning from film to digital, it has dropped to zero with the iPhone. I can process quickly and show people how and why I am processing an image the way I am immediately after I shoot the photo. I have begun to joke that I have a camera with me at all times that I sometimes use to call, text and email - so the convenience of iPhoneography is probably the biggest difference with regular photography. The fact that you can do all in one with iPhoneography and with regular photography you need a computer and all the equipment just makes it so simple for anyone to do. It allows photography to be approachable by all.\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you have an iPhoneography style? If so, how would you describe it?</h4>\r\n\r\nI tend to experiment more with my iPhone - mainly because I can. But of course what is inside me comes out through my photos and what I know is nature. WIth nature photography I love shooting macro, so I tried as hard as I could to transform my phone into a tool for macro photography. With a little brainstorming and experimentation I figured out that a jeweler\'s loupe was a great external lens to use for macro shots. So while I would love to say my style encompasses everything I shoot with my iPhone, my best work is with nature and macro shots.\r\n\r\n<h4>Is it important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n\r\nYes I believe it is critical to have an iPhoneography style. Just like any photographer it is important to separate yourself from everyone else and make your art personal. Being able to identify a line-up of photos by the photographer is extremely important to distinguish yourself. A style is much more important to me than a copyright in the corner of the photo. A style is unique and distinct as yourself. Style is something that can\'t be taught or learned though, it is something within each photographer. It will come out through hard work and practice. iPhoneography allows a lot of different styles to emerge that regular photography doesn\'t. For instance, I know photographers that specialize in grunge effects, or some that are experts with HDR or others that use lo-fi effects to the max. There\'s so much choice! \r\n\r\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\r\n\r\nPractice practice practice. Take your iPhone everywhere and try to take as many shots as you can. You will be able to learn the craft through experimentation. You will learn what works for you and what doesn\'t. It\'s not an easy craft to learn - you need to awaken it within you. You can be inspired by others but their style will not be your style, so take as many shots as you can until you find that special shot you know is yours and yours alone. And when that a-ha moment hits, you will know it. \r\n\r\nWe are all constantly learning. There is no ceiling to what we can discover!\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips could you share with budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nPractice and experiment. Find the subjects that are most appealing to you. You can never take too many digital photos - that is what the delete button is for! With an iPhone you can take a break and look through what you have just shot and learn on the spot - reshoot by making some self corrections and delete the ones that failed. \r\n\r\nWith an iPhone it is extremely easy to take at least one photo every day. By doing this you force yourself to look at the world through a lens. By actively seeing and looking at the world  you will discover those found moments that you would miss if you were passively strolling on by. \r\n\r\nThe app store can be an overwhelming place! New apps are released daily and each one of them promises to be the \"best\" post processing app; or the \"only\" post processing app you will need. It\'s easy to fall into the hype of this as a beginner so my advice would be to pick a few apps that you really enjoy and really learn them. Discover what they can do inside and out. Learn all the features. Practice and experiment on each photo you take and that way you will learn what works and what doesn\'t. One of the mistakes budding iPhoneographers make is over-apping a photo. All those apps I mentioned makes it is really tempting to use them all on every photo! But that just makes it look like a mash up. Pick the app that you like the most and use it. Use it a lot. As you learn what a few apps can do then you can branch out and expand your \"camera bag.\" It will make it easier to learn new apps in the future if you really know one or two apps when you first start. \r\n\r\nFind a style that suits you through this period of experimentation and it will definitely come through when shooting a type of shot becomes second nature to you. Knowing why and how to use an app will help develop this style that will be yours and yours alone.\r\n\r\n\r\nA collection of Hope\'s macro iPhoneography can be see <a href=\"http://sofobomo.org/book-596-iDrops\" title=\"Hope-Valarie Pashos Macro iPhoneography\">here.</a>    \r\n\r\nCheck out Hope\'s other work <a href=\"http://www.saunterings.tumblr.com\" title=\"Hope-Valerie Pashos\">here.</a> \r\n','Macro iPhoneography with Hope-Valerie Pashos ','','inherit','open','open','','4714-revision-8','','','2011-08-13 15:57:01','2011-08-13 15:57:01','',4714,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4714-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(4729,16,'2011-08-13 16:56:11','2011-08-13 16:56:11','\n\n\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\n\nWhen I was little I used to use my father\'s camera ever since I can remember. When I turned 16 I got my first SLR - a Canon AE-1. I used to push the limits of what shots I took. I remember taking tons and tons of slides because the photo developers would process all the slides. With prints, they interpreted my experiments as mistakes! I had to write \"process as is\" on every envelope. The waiting was agony! I finally joined the digital world kicking and screaming. But when I did embrace it, I could not believe how wonderful it was. The only thing I miss about film photography is the smell of a darkroom. I have been a photographer for several years now specializing in sports and nature, one day I didn\'t have my \"big girl\" camera with me, but I did have my iPhone. Suddenly it was like a light went off in my head and I realized how powerful this little phone really is. Now I see how far I can push the limits of the phone. I am having a ball discovering new techniques and new applications.\n\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?</h4>\n\nWhat a loaded question! So many people have so many different interpretations! But for me, I feel that I am constantly still learning what defines iPhoneography. I may be a bit stricter than most about it, but to me it means any photo that was taken and processed on the iPhone. I don\'t have an iPad so I can\'t say whether I would include that in the definition or not. But the ability to take a photo, tweak and process it within a matter or moments is tremendous! I can email photos of people and scenes on the spot! So iPhoneography really means convenience and power to me. \n\nThe difference is in the immediacy. If I thought my wait time from shot to final product was reduced transitioning from film to digital, it has dropped to zero with the iPhone. I can process quickly and show people how and why I am processing an image the way I am immediately after I shoot the photo. I have begun to joke that I have a camera with me at all times that I sometimes use to call, text and email - so the convenience of iPhoneography is probably the biggest difference with regular photography. The fact that you can do all in one with iPhoneography and with regular photography you need a computer and all the equipment just makes it so simple for anyone to do. It allows photography to be approachable by all.\n\n<h4>Do you have an iPhoneography style? If so, how would you describe it?</h4>\n\nI tend to experiment more with my iPhone - mainly because I can. But of course what is inside me comes out through my photos and what I know is nature. WIth nature photography I love shooting macro, so I tried as hard as I could to transform my phone into a tool for macro photography. With a little brainstorming and experimentation I figured out that a jeweler\'s loupe was a great external lens to use for macro shots. So while I would love to say my style encompasses everything I shoot with my iPhone, my best work is with nature and macro shots.\n\n<h4>Is it important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\n\nYes I believe it is critical to have an iPhoneography style. Just like any photographer it is important to separate yourself from everyone else and make your art personal. Being able to identify a line-up of photos by the photographer is extremely important to distinguish yourself. A style is much more important to me than a copyright in the corner of the photo. A style is unique and distinct as yourself. Style is something that can\'t be taught or learned though, it is something within each photographer. It will come out through hard work and practice. iPhoneography allows a lot of different styles to emerge that regular photography doesn\'t. For instance, I know photographers that specialize in grunge effects, or some that are experts with HDR or others that use lo-fi effects to the max. There\'s so much choice! \n\n<h4>What\'s your method for taking macro photos with your iPhone?</h4>\n\nI experimented and used a little ingenuity to expand my iPhoneography to include Macro shots. Unsure of the \"add on\" lenses that were being sold and not willing to make any alterations to my camera or case to fit some of these, I tried to figure out a way to accomplish this on my own. After trying out several objects from magnifying glasses to old lenses from a broken DVD player, I settled on a jeweler\'s Loupe. I use a jeweler\'s loupe for many reasons. First of all, I had several from my slide taking days. Second, they come in many different magnifications. And lastly, because of their teardrop design, I could hold it to the lens of the iPhone very easily. My finger slips through the loupe ring while securing it in position.\n\nThere are several things one must remember about using this method. First of all, the camera isn\'t set up to focus at the distance you are asking it to focus at. So you need to secure the loupe in position and then move your phone back and forth until the phone finds the focal point you are asking it to and the object is in focus. Take several photos of the object if you can. Move slightly back and forth while taking these photos so that you are assured of at least one photo that is in sharp focus. Remember you can always delete the ones that don\'t come out well!  Second, remember the size lens of the loupe and make sure it is large enough to cover the lens of the iPhone. If the loupe is too small then some vignetting will occur. While this is not always a bad thing, this will affect your compositions. And finally, it is more important to set up a macro shot than a regular shot since everything will be so magnified. Choose your backgrounds accordingly and remember the background blur that will be created with such a short focal length. \n\nAnother thing to remember is that the more magnified an object, the easier it is to lose focus due to camera shake. Try to hold as steady as you can, prop your hand on something if possible, use a tripod if you can, anything you can do to keep the camera steady while hitting that shutter button will help your photo. The smaller and lighter a camera is, the easier it is to shake so certainly the iPhone is as easy as they come to be victim to hand shake. As they teach you in regular photography, even hold your breath while taking the shot to minimize even that movement of your body. Sometimes I need to just take a break to remember to breathe!\n\nMacro iPhoneography can be very rewarding if you learn to do it correctly. Experimentation is key and you will see immediately what works and what doesn\'t. There is a great sense of accomplishment when an iPhone macro shot turns out well. Keep trying. The results are well worth it.\n\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\n\nPractice practice practice. Take your iPhone everywhere and try to take as many shots as you can. You will be able to learn the craft through experimentation. You will learn what works for you and what doesn\'t. It\'s not an easy craft to learn - you need to awaken it within you. You can be inspired by others but their style will not be your style, so take as many shots as you can until you find that special shot you know is yours and yours alone. And when that a-ha moment hits, you will know it. \n\nWe are all constantly learning. There is no ceiling to what we can discover!\n\n<h4>Any other tips could you share with budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\n\nPractice and experiment. Find the subjects that are most appealing to you. You can never take too many digital photos - that is what the delete button is for! With an iPhone you can take a break and look through what you have just shot and learn on the spot - reshoot by making some self corrections and delete the ones that failed. \n\nWith an iPhone it is extremely easy to take at least one photo every day. By doing this you force yourself to look at the world through a lens. By actively seeing and looking at the world  you will discover those found moments that you would miss if you were passively strolling on by. \n\nThe app store can be an overwhelming place! New apps are released daily and each one of them promises to be the \"best\" post processing app; or the \"only\" post processing app you will need. It\'s easy to fall into the hype of this as a beginner so my advice would be to pick a few apps that you really enjoy and really learn them. Discover what they can do inside and out. Learn all the features. Practice and experiment on each photo you take and that way you will learn what works and what doesn\'t. One of the mistakes budding iPhoneographers make is over-apping a photo. All those apps I mentioned makes it is really tempting to use them all on every photo! But that just makes it look like a mash up. Pick the app that you like the most and use it. Use it a lot. As you learn what a few apps can do then you can branch out and expand your \"camera bag.\" It will make it easier to learn new apps in the future if you really know one or two apps when you first start. \n\nFind a style that suits you through this period of experimentation and it will definitely come through when shooting a type of shot becomes second nature to you. Knowing why and how to use an app will help develop this style that will be yours and yours alone.\n\nA collection of Hope\'s macro iPhoneography can be see <a href=\"http://sofobomo.org/book-596-iDrops\" title=\"Hope-Valarie Pashos Macro iPhoneography\">here.</a>    \n\nCheck out Hope\'s other work <a href=\"http://www.saunterings.tumblr.com\" title=\"Hope-Valerie Pashos\">here.</a> \n','Macro iPhoneography with Hope-Valarie Pashos ','','inherit','open','open','','4714-revision-9','','','2011-08-13 16:56:11','2011-08-13 16:56:11','',4714,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4714-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(4730,16,'2011-08-13 17:41:27','2011-08-13 17:41:27','[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"536\"  alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie3.png\"  ]\n\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\n\nWhen I was little I used to use my father\'s camera ever since I can remember. When I turned 16 I got my first SLR - a Canon AE-1. I used to push the limits of what shots I took. I remember taking tons and tons of slides because the photo developers would process all the slides. With prints, they interpreted my experiments as mistakes! I had to write \"process as is\" on every envelope. The waiting was agony! I finally joined the digital world kicking and screaming. But when I did embrace it, I could not believe how wonderful it was. The only thing I miss about film photography is the smell of a darkroom. I have been a photographer for several years now specializing in sports and nature, one day I didn\'t have my \"big girl\" camera with me, but I did have my iPhone. Suddenly it was like a light went off in my head and I realized how powerful this little phone really is. Now I see how far I can push the limits of the phone. I am having a ball discovering new techniques and new applications.\n\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?</h4>\n\nWhat a loaded question! So many people have so many different interpretations! But for me, I feel that I am constantly still learning what defines iPhoneography. I may be a bit stricter than most about it, but to me it means any photo that was taken and processed on the iPhone. I don\'t have an iPad so I can\'t say whether I would include that in the definition or not. But the ability to take a photo, tweak and process it within a matter or moments is tremendous! I can email photos of people and scenes on the spot! So iPhoneography really means convenience and power to me. \n\nThe difference is in the immediacy. If I thought my wait time from shot to final product was reduced transitioning from film to digital, it has dropped to zero with the iPhone. I can process quickly and show people how and why I am processing an image the way I am immediately after I shoot the photo. I have begun to joke that I have a camera with me at all times that I sometimes use to call, text and email - so the convenience of iPhoneography is probably the biggest difference with regular photography. The fact that you can do all in one with iPhoneography and with regular photography you need a computer and all the equipment just makes it so simple for anyone to do. It allows photography to be approachable by all.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"536\"  alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 2\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie1.png\"  ]\n\n<h4>Do you have an iPhoneography style? If so, how would you describe it?</h4>\n\nI tend to experiment more with my iPhone - mainly because I can. But of course what is inside me comes out through my photos and what I know is nature. WIth nature photography I love shooting macro, so I tried as hard as I could to transform my phone into a tool for macro photography. With a little brainstorming and experimentation I figured out that a jeweler\'s loupe was a great external lens to use for macro shots. So while I would love to say my style encompasses everything I shoot with my iPhone, my best work is with nature and macro shots.\n\n<h4>Is it important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\n\nYes I believe it is critical to have an iPhoneography style. Just like any photographer it is important to separate yourself from everyone else and make your art personal. Being able to identify a line-up of photos by the photographer is extremely important to distinguish yourself. A style is much more important to me than a copyright in the corner of the photo. A style is unique and distinct as yourself. Style is something that can\'t be taught or learned though, it is something within each photographer. It will come out through hard work and practice. iPhoneography allows a lot of different styles to emerge that regular photography doesn\'t. For instance, I know photographers that specialize in grunge effects, or some that are experts with HDR or others that use lo-fi effects to the max. There\'s so much choice! \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 3\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie4.png\"  ]\n\n<h4>What\'s your method for taking macro photos with your iPhone?</h4>\n\nI experimented and used a little ingenuity to expand my iPhoneography to include Macro shots. Unsure of the \"add on\" lenses that were being sold and not willing to make any alterations to my camera or case to fit some of these, I tried to figure out a way to accomplish this on my own. After trying out several objects from magnifying glasses to old lenses from a broken DVD player, I settled on a jeweler\'s Loupe. I use a jeweler\'s loupe for many reasons. First of all, I had several from my slide taking days. Second, they come in many different magnifications. And lastly, because of their teardrop design, I could hold it to the lens of the iPhone very easily. My finger slips through the loupe ring while securing it in position.\n\nThere are several things one must remember about using this method. First of all, the camera isn\'t set up to focus at the distance you are asking it to focus at. So you need to secure the loupe in position and then move your phone back and forth until the phone finds the focal point you are asking it to and the object is in focus. Take several photos of the object if you can. Move slightly back and forth while taking these photos so that you are assured of at least one photo that is in sharp focus. Remember you can always delete the ones that don\'t come out well!  Second, remember the size lens of the loupe and make sure it is large enough to cover the lens of the iPhone. If the loupe is too small then some vignetting will occur. While this is not always a bad thing, this will affect your compositions. And finally, it is more important to set up a macro shot than a regular shot since everything will be so magnified. Choose your backgrounds accordingly and remember the background blur that will be created with such a short focal length. \n\nAnother thing to remember is that the more magnified an object, the easier it is to lose focus due to camera shake. Try to hold as steady as you can, prop your hand on something if possible, use a tripod if you can, anything you can do to keep the camera steady while hitting that shutter button will help your photo. The smaller and lighter a camera is, the easier it is to shake so certainly the iPhone is as easy as they come to be victim to hand shake. As they teach you in regular photography, even hold your breath while taking the shot to minimize even that movement of your body. Sometimes I need to just take a break to remember to breathe!\n\nMacro iPhoneography can be very rewarding if you learn to do it correctly. Experimentation is key and you will see immediately what works and what doesn\'t. There is a great sense of accomplishment when an iPhone macro shot turns out well. Keep trying. The results are well worth it.\n\n\n\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\n\nPractice practice practice. Take your iPhone everywhere and try to take as many shots as you can. You will be able to learn the craft through experimentation. You will learn what works for you and what doesn\'t. It\'s not an easy craft to learn - you need to awaken it within you. You can be inspired by others but their style will not be your style, so take as many shots as you can until you find that special shot you know is yours and yours alone. And when that a-ha moment hits, you will know it. \n\nWe are all constantly learning. There is no ceiling to what we can discover!\n\n<h4>Any other tips could you share with budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\n\nPractice and experiment. Find the subjects that are most appealing to you. You can never take too many digital photos - that is what the delete button is for! With an iPhone you can take a break and look through what you have just shot and learn on the spot - reshoot by making some self corrections and delete the ones that failed. \n\nWith an iPhone it is extremely easy to take at least one photo every day. By doing this you force yourself to look at the world through a lens. By actively seeing and looking at the world  you will discover those found moments that you would miss if you were passively strolling on by. \n\nThe app store can be an overwhelming place! New apps are released daily and each one of them promises to be the \"best\" post processing app; or the \"only\" post processing app you will need. It\'s easy to fall into the hype of this as a beginner so my advice would be to pick a few apps that you really enjoy and really learn them. Discover what they can do inside and out. Learn all the features. Practice and experiment on each photo you take and that way you will learn what works and what doesn\'t. One of the mistakes budding iPhoneographers make is over-apping a photo. All those apps I mentioned makes it is really tempting to use them all on every photo! But that just makes it look like a mash up. Pick the app that you like the most and use it. Use it a lot. As you learn what a few apps can do then you can branch out and expand your \"camera bag.\" It will make it easier to learn new apps in the future if you really know one or two apps when you first start. \n\nFind a style that suits you through this period of experimentation and it will definitely come through when shooting a type of shot becomes second nature to you. Knowing why and how to use an app will help develop this style that will be yours and yours alone.\n\nA collection of Hope\'s macro iPhoneography can be see <a href=\"http://sofobomo.org/book-596-iDrops\" title=\"Hope-Valarie Pashos Macro iPhoneography\">here.</a>    \n\nCheck out Hope\'s other work <a href=\"http://www.saunterings.tumblr.com\" title=\"Hope-Valerie Pashos\">here.</a> \n','Macro iPhoneography with Hope-Valarie Pashos ','','inherit','open','open','','4714-revision-10','','','2011-08-13 17:41:27','2011-08-13 17:41:27','',4714,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4714-revision-10.html',0,'revision','',0),(4731,16,'2011-08-13 17:43:39','2011-08-13 17:43:39','','hopevalarie1','','inherit','open','open','','hopevalarie1-2','','','2011-08-13 17:43:39','2011-08-13 17:43:39','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4732,16,'2011-08-13 17:43:43','2011-08-13 17:43:43','','hopevalarie2','','inherit','open','open','','hopevalarie2-2','','','2011-08-13 17:43:43','2011-08-13 17:43:43','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4733,16,'2011-08-13 17:43:50','2011-08-13 17:43:50','','hopevalarie3','','inherit','open','open','','hopevalarie3-2','','','2011-08-13 17:43:50','2011-08-13 17:43:50','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie3.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4734,16,'2011-08-13 17:43:57','2011-08-13 17:43:57','','hopevalarie4','','inherit','open','open','','hopevalarie4-2','','','2011-08-13 17:43:57','2011-08-13 17:43:57','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie4.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4735,16,'2011-08-13 17:42:27','2011-08-13 17:42:27','[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"536\"  alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie3.png\"  ]\n\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\n\nWhen I was little I used to use my father\'s camera ever since I can remember. When I turned 16 I got my first SLR - a Canon AE-1. I used to push the limits of what shots I took. I remember taking tons and tons of slides because the photo developers would process all the slides. With prints, they interpreted my experiments as mistakes! I had to write \"process as is\" on every envelope. The waiting was agony! I finally joined the digital world kicking and screaming. But when I did embrace it, I could not believe how wonderful it was. The only thing I miss about film photography is the smell of a darkroom. I have been a photographer for several years now specializing in sports and nature, one day I didn\'t have my \"big girl\" camera with me, but I did have my iPhone. Suddenly it was like a light went off in my head and I realized how powerful this little phone really is. Now I see how far I can push the limits of the phone. I am having a ball discovering new techniques and new applications.\n\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?</h4>\n\nWhat a loaded question! So many people have so many different interpretations! But for me, I feel that I am constantly still learning what defines iPhoneography. I may be a bit stricter than most about it, but to me it means any photo that was taken and processed on the iPhone. I don\'t have an iPad so I can\'t say whether I would include that in the definition or not. But the ability to take a photo, tweak and process it within a matter or moments is tremendous! I can email photos of people and scenes on the spot! So iPhoneography really means convenience and power to me. \n\nThe difference is in the immediacy. If I thought my wait time from shot to final product was reduced transitioning from film to digital, it has dropped to zero with the iPhone. I can process quickly and show people how and why I am processing an image the way I am immediately after I shoot the photo. I have begun to joke that I have a camera with me at all times that I sometimes use to call, text and email - so the convenience of iPhoneography is probably the biggest difference with regular photography. The fact that you can do all in one with iPhoneography and with regular photography you need a computer and all the equipment just makes it so simple for anyone to do. It allows photography to be approachable by all.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"536\"  alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 2\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie1.png\"  ]\n\n<h4>Do you have an iPhoneography style? If so, how would you describe it?</h4>\n\nI tend to experiment more with my iPhone - mainly because I can. But of course what is inside me comes out through my photos and what I know is nature. WIth nature photography I love shooting macro, so I tried as hard as I could to transform my phone into a tool for macro photography. With a little brainstorming and experimentation I figured out that a jeweler\'s loupe was a great external lens to use for macro shots. So while I would love to say my style encompasses everything I shoot with my iPhone, my best work is with nature and macro shots.\n\n<h4>Is it important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\n\nYes I believe it is critical to have an iPhoneography style. Just like any photographer it is important to separate yourself from everyone else and make your art personal. Being able to identify a line-up of photos by the photographer is extremely important to distinguish yourself. A style is much more important to me than a copyright in the corner of the photo. A style is unique and distinct as yourself. Style is something that can\'t be taught or learned though, it is something within each photographer. It will come out through hard work and practice. iPhoneography allows a lot of different styles to emerge that regular photography doesn\'t. For instance, I know photographers that specialize in grunge effects, or some that are experts with HDR or others that use lo-fi effects to the max. There\'s so much choice! \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 3\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie4.png\"  ]\n\n<h4>What\'s your method for taking macro photos with your iPhone?</h4>\n\nI experimented and used a little ingenuity to expand my iPhoneography to include Macro shots. Unsure of the \"add on\" lenses that were being sold and not willing to make any alterations to my camera or case to fit some of these, I tried to figure out a way to accomplish this on my own. After trying out several objects from magnifying glasses to old lenses from a broken DVD player, I settled on a jeweler\'s Loupe. I use a jeweler\'s loupe for many reasons. First of all, I had several from my slide taking days. Second, they come in many different magnifications. And lastly, because of their teardrop design, I could hold it to the lens of the iPhone very easily. My finger slips through the loupe ring while securing it in position.\n\nThere are several things one must remember about using this method. First of all, the camera isn\'t set up to focus at the distance you are asking it to focus at. So you need to secure the loupe in position and then move your phone back and forth until the phone finds the focal point you are asking it to and the object is in focus. Take several photos of the object if you can. Move slightly back and forth while taking these photos so that you are assured of at least one photo that is in sharp focus. Remember you can always delete the ones that don\'t come out well!  Second, remember the size lens of the loupe and make sure it is large enough to cover the lens of the iPhone. If the loupe is too small then some vignetting will occur. While this is not always a bad thing, this will affect your compositions. And finally, it is more important to set up a macro shot than a regular shot since everything will be so magnified. Choose your backgrounds accordingly and remember the background blur that will be created with such a short focal length. \n\nAnother thing to remember is that the more magnified an object, the easier it is to lose focus due to camera shake. Try to hold as steady as you can, prop your hand on something if possible, use a tripod if you can, anything you can do to keep the camera steady while hitting that shutter button will help your photo. The smaller and lighter a camera is, the easier it is to shake so certainly the iPhone is as easy as they come to be victim to hand shake. As they teach you in regular photography, even hold your breath while taking the shot to minimize even that movement of your body. Sometimes I need to just take a break to remember to breathe!\n\nMacro iPhoneography can be very rewarding if you learn to do it correctly. Experimentation is key and you will see immediately what works and what doesn\'t. There is a great sense of accomplishment when an iPhone macro shot turns out well. Keep trying. The results are well worth it.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 4\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie2.png\"  ]\n\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\n\nPractice practice practice. Take your iPhone everywhere and try to take as many shots as you can. You will be able to learn the craft through experimentation. You will learn what works for you and what doesn\'t. It\'s not an easy craft to learn - you need to awaken it within you. You can be inspired by others but their style will not be your style, so take as many shots as you can until you find that special shot you know is yours and yours alone. And when that a-ha moment hits, you will know it. \n\nWe are all constantly learning. There is no ceiling to what we can discover!\n\n<h4>Any other tips could you share with budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\n\nPractice and experiment. Find the subjects that are most appealing to you. You can never take too many digital photos - that is what the delete button is for! With an iPhone you can take a break and look through what you have just shot and learn on the spot - reshoot by making some self corrections and delete the ones that failed. \n\nWith an iPhone it is extremely easy to take at least one photo every day. By doing this you force yourself to look at the world through a lens. By actively seeing and looking at the world  you will discover those found moments that you would miss if you were passively strolling on by. \n\nThe app store can be an overwhelming place! New apps are released daily and each one of them promises to be the \"best\" post processing app; or the \"only\" post processing app you will need. It\'s easy to fall into the hype of this as a beginner so my advice would be to pick a few apps that you really enjoy and really learn them. Discover what they can do inside and out. Learn all the features. Practice and experiment on each photo you take and that way you will learn what works and what doesn\'t. One of the mistakes budding iPhoneographers make is over-apping a photo. All those apps I mentioned makes it is really tempting to use them all on every photo! But that just makes it look like a mash up. Pick the app that you like the most and use it. Use it a lot. As you learn what a few apps can do then you can branch out and expand your \"camera bag.\" It will make it easier to learn new apps in the future if you really know one or two apps when you first start. \n\nFind a style that suits you through this period of experimentation and it will definitely come through when shooting a type of shot becomes second nature to you. Knowing why and how to use an app will help develop this style that will be yours and yours alone.\n\nA collection of Hope\'s macro iPhoneography can be see <a href=\"http://sofobomo.org/book-596-iDrops\" title=\"Hope-Valarie Pashos Macro iPhoneography\">here.</a>    \n\nCheck out Hope\'s other work <a href=\"http://www.saunterings.tumblr.com\" title=\"Hope-Valerie Pashos\">here.</a> \n','Macro iPhoneography with Hope-Valarie Pashos ','','inherit','open','open','','4714-revision-11','','','2011-08-13 17:42:27','2011-08-13 17:42:27','',4714,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4714-revision-11.html',0,'revision','',0),(4736,16,'2011-08-13 17:44:25','2011-08-13 17:44:25','[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"536\"  alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie3.jpg\"  ]\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\n\r\nWhen I was little I used to use my father\'s camera ever since I can remember. When I turned 16 I got my first SLR - a Canon AE-1. I used to push the limits of what shots I took. I remember taking tons and tons of slides because the photo developers would process all the slides. With prints, they interpreted my experiments as mistakes! I had to write \"process as is\" on every envelope. The waiting was agony! I finally joined the digital world kicking and screaming. But when I did embrace it, I could not believe how wonderful it was. The only thing I miss about film photography is the smell of a darkroom. I have been a photographer for several years now specializing in sports and nature, one day I didn\'t have my \"big girl\" camera with me, but I did have my iPhone. Suddenly it was like a light went off in my head and I realized how powerful this little phone really is. Now I see how far I can push the limits of the phone. I am having a ball discovering new techniques and new applications.\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?</h4>\r\n\r\nWhat a loaded question! So many people have so many different interpretations! But for me, I feel that I am constantly still learning what defines iPhoneography. I may be a bit stricter than most about it, but to me it means any photo that was taken and processed on the iPhone. I don\'t have an iPad so I can\'t say whether I would include that in the definition or not. But the ability to take a photo, tweak and process it within a matter or moments is tremendous! I can email photos of people and scenes on the spot! So iPhoneography really means convenience and power to me. \r\n\r\nThe difference is in the immediacy. If I thought my wait time from shot to final product was reduced transitioning from film to digital, it has dropped to zero with the iPhone. I can process quickly and show people how and why I am processing an image the way I am immediately after I shoot the photo. I have begun to joke that I have a camera with me at all times that I sometimes use to call, text and email - so the convenience of iPhoneography is probably the biggest difference with regular photography. The fact that you can do all in one with iPhoneography and with regular photography you need a computer and all the equipment just makes it so simple for anyone to do. It allows photography to be approachable by all.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"536\"  alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 2\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie1.jpg\"  ]\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you have an iPhoneography style? If so, how would you describe it?</h4>\r\n\r\nI tend to experiment more with my iPhone - mainly because I can. But of course what is inside me comes out through my photos and what I know is nature. WIth nature photography I love shooting macro, so I tried as hard as I could to transform my phone into a tool for macro photography. With a little brainstorming and experimentation I figured out that a jeweler\'s loupe was a great external lens to use for macro shots. So while I would love to say my style encompasses everything I shoot with my iPhone, my best work is with nature and macro shots.\r\n\r\n<h4>Is it important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n\r\nYes I believe it is critical to have an iPhoneography style. Just like any photographer it is important to separate yourself from everyone else and make your art personal. Being able to identify a line-up of photos by the photographer is extremely important to distinguish yourself. A style is much more important to me than a copyright in the corner of the photo. A style is unique and distinct as yourself. Style is something that can\'t be taught or learned though, it is something within each photographer. It will come out through hard work and practice. iPhoneography allows a lot of different styles to emerge that regular photography doesn\'t. For instance, I know photographers that specialize in grunge effects, or some that are experts with HDR or others that use lo-fi effects to the max. There\'s so much choice! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 3\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie4.jpg\"  ]\r\n\r\n<h4>What\'s your method for taking macro photos with your iPhone?</h4>\r\n\r\nI experimented and used a little ingenuity to expand my iPhoneography to include Macro shots. Unsure of the \"add on\" lenses that were being sold and not willing to make any alterations to my camera or case to fit some of these, I tried to figure out a way to accomplish this on my own. After trying out several objects from magnifying glasses to old lenses from a broken DVD player, I settled on a jeweler\'s Loupe. I use a jeweler\'s loupe for many reasons. First of all, I had several from my slide taking days. Second, they come in many different magnifications. And lastly, because of their teardrop design, I could hold it to the lens of the iPhone very easily. My finger slips through the loupe ring while securing it in position.\r\n\r\nThere are several things one must remember about using this method. First of all, the camera isn\'t set up to focus at the distance you are asking it to focus at. So you need to secure the loupe in position and then move your phone back and forth until the phone finds the focal point you are asking it to and the object is in focus. Take several photos of the object if you can. Move slightly back and forth while taking these photos so that you are assured of at least one photo that is in sharp focus. Remember you can always delete the ones that don\'t come out well!  Second, remember the size lens of the loupe and make sure it is large enough to cover the lens of the iPhone. If the loupe is too small then some vignetting will occur. While this is not always a bad thing, this will affect your compositions. And finally, it is more important to set up a macro shot than a regular shot since everything will be so magnified. Choose your backgrounds accordingly and remember the background blur that will be created with such a short focal length. \r\n\r\nAnother thing to remember is that the more magnified an object, the easier it is to lose focus due to camera shake. Try to hold as steady as you can, prop your hand on something if possible, use a tripod if you can, anything you can do to keep the camera steady while hitting that shutter button will help your photo. The smaller and lighter a camera is, the easier it is to shake so certainly the iPhone is as easy as they come to be victim to hand shake. As they teach you in regular photography, even hold your breath while taking the shot to minimize even that movement of your body. Sometimes I need to just take a break to remember to breathe!\r\n\r\nMacro iPhoneography can be very rewarding if you learn to do it correctly. Experimentation is key and you will see immediately what works and what doesn\'t. There is a great sense of accomplishment when an iPhone macro shot turns out well. Keep trying. The results are well worth it.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 4\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie2.jpg\"  ]\r\n\r\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\r\n\r\nPractice practice practice. Take your iPhone everywhere and try to take as many shots as you can. You will be able to learn the craft through experimentation. You will learn what works for you and what doesn\'t. It\'s not an easy craft to learn - you need to awaken it within you. You can be inspired by others but their style will not be your style, so take as many shots as you can until you find that special shot you know is yours and yours alone. And when that a-ha moment hits, you will know it. \r\n\r\nWe are all constantly learning. There is no ceiling to what we can discover!\r\n\r\n<h4>Any other tips could you share with budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nPractice and experiment. Find the subjects that are most appealing to you. You can never take too many digital photos - that is what the delete button is for! With an iPhone you can take a break and look through what you have just shot and learn on the spot - reshoot by making some self corrections and delete the ones that failed. \r\n\r\nWith an iPhone it is extremely easy to take at least one photo every day. By doing this you force yourself to look at the world through a lens. By actively seeing and looking at the world  you will discover those found moments that you would miss if you were passively strolling on by. \r\n\r\nThe app store can be an overwhelming place! New apps are released daily and each one of them promises to be the \"best\" post processing app; or the \"only\" post processing app you will need. It\'s easy to fall into the hype of this as a beginner so my advice would be to pick a few apps that you really enjoy and really learn them. Discover what they can do inside and out. Learn all the features. Practice and experiment on each photo you take and that way you will learn what works and what doesn\'t. One of the mistakes budding iPhoneographers make is over-apping a photo. All those apps I mentioned makes it is really tempting to use them all on every photo! But that just makes it look like a mash up. Pick the app that you like the most and use it. Use it a lot. As you learn what a few apps can do then you can branch out and expand your \"camera bag.\" It will make it easier to learn new apps in the future if you really know one or two apps when you first start. \r\n\r\nFind a style that suits you through this period of experimentation and it will definitely come through when shooting a type of shot becomes second nature to you. Knowing why and how to use an app will help develop this style that will be yours and yours alone.\r\n\r\nA collection of Hope\'s macro iPhoneography can be see <a href=\"http://sofobomo.org/book-596-iDrops\" title=\"Hope-Valarie Pashos Macro iPhoneography\">here.</a>    \r\n\r\nCheck out Hope\'s other work <a href=\"http://www.saunterings.tumblr.com\" title=\"Hope-Valerie Pashos\">here.</a> \r\n','Macro iPhoneography with Hope-Valarie Pashos ','','inherit','open','open','','4714-revision-12','','','2011-08-13 17:44:25','2011-08-13 17:44:25','',4714,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4714-revision-12.html',0,'revision','',0),(4737,16,'2011-08-13 17:45:34','2011-08-13 17:45:34','[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"536\"  alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie3.jpg\"  ]\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\n\r\nWhen I was little I used to use my father\'s camera ever since I can remember. When I turned 16 I got my first SLR - a Canon AE-1. I used to push the limits of what shots I took. I remember taking tons and tons of slides because the photo developers would process all the slides. With prints, they interpreted my experiments as mistakes! I had to write \"process as is\" on every envelope. The waiting was agony! I finally joined the digital world kicking and screaming. But when I did embrace it, I could not believe how wonderful it was. The only thing I miss about film photography is the smell of a darkroom. I have been a photographer for several years now specializing in sports and nature, one day I didn\'t have my \"big girl\" camera with me, but I did have my iPhone. Suddenly it was like a light went off in my head and I realized how powerful this little phone really is. Now I see how far I can push the limits of the phone. I am having a ball discovering new techniques and new applications.\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?</h4>\r\n\r\nWhat a loaded question! So many people have so many different interpretations! But for me, I feel that I am constantly still learning what defines iPhoneography. I may be a bit stricter than most about it, but to me it means any photo that was taken and processed on the iPhone. I don\'t have an iPad so I can\'t say whether I would include that in the definition or not. But the ability to take a photo, tweak and process it within a matter or moments is tremendous! I can email photos of people and scenes on the spot! So iPhoneography really means convenience and power to me. \r\n\r\nThe difference is in the immediacy. If I thought my wait time from shot to final product was reduced transitioning from film to digital, it has dropped to zero with the iPhone. I can process quickly and show people how and why I am processing an image the way I am immediately after I shoot the photo. I have begun to joke that I have a camera with me at all times that I sometimes use to call, text and email - so the convenience of iPhoneography is probably the biggest difference with regular photography. The fact that you can do all in one with iPhoneography and with regular photography you need a computer and all the equipment just makes it so simple for anyone to do. It allows photography to be approachable by all.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"536\"  alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 2\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie1.jpg\"  ]\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you have an iPhoneography style? If so, how would you describe it?</h4>\r\n\r\nI tend to experiment more with my iPhone - mainly because I can. But of course what is inside me comes out through my photos and what I know is nature. WIth nature photography I love shooting macro, so I tried as hard as I could to transform my phone into a tool for macro photography. With a little brainstorming and experimentation I figured out that a jeweler\'s loupe was a great external lens to use for macro shots. So while I would love to say my style encompasses everything I shoot with my iPhone, my best work is with nature and macro shots.\r\n\r\n<h4>Is it important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n\r\nYes I believe it is critical to have an iPhoneography style. Just like any photographer it is important to separate yourself from everyone else and make your art personal. Being able to identify a line-up of photos by the photographer is extremely important to distinguish yourself. A style is much more important to me than a copyright in the corner of the photo. A style is unique and distinct as yourself. Style is something that can\'t be taught or learned though, it is something within each photographer. It will come out through hard work and practice. iPhoneography allows a lot of different styles to emerge that regular photography doesn\'t. For instance, I know photographers that specialize in grunge effects, or some that are experts with HDR or others that use lo-fi effects to the max. There\'s so much choice! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 3\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie4.jpg\"  ]\r\n\r\n<h4>What\'s your method for taking macro photos with your iPhone?</h4>\r\n\r\nI experimented and used a little ingenuity to expand my iPhoneography to include Macro shots. Unsure of the \"add on\" lenses that were being sold and not willing to make any alterations to my camera or case to fit some of these, I tried to figure out a way to accomplish this on my own. After trying out several objects from magnifying glasses to old lenses from a broken DVD player, I settled on a jeweler\'s Loupe. I use a jeweler\'s loupe for many reasons. First of all, I had several from my slide taking days. Second, they come in many different magnifications. And lastly, because of their teardrop design, I could hold it to the lens of the iPhone very easily. My finger slips through the loupe ring while securing it in position.\r\n\r\nThere are several things one must remember about using this method. First of all, the camera isn\'t set up to focus at the distance you are asking it to focus at. So you need to secure the loupe in position and then move your phone back and forth until the phone finds the focal point you are asking it to and the object is in focus. Take several photos of the object if you can. Move slightly back and forth while taking these photos so that you are assured of at least one photo that is in sharp focus. Remember you can always delete the ones that don\'t come out well!  Second, remember the size lens of the loupe and make sure it is large enough to cover the lens of the iPhone. If the loupe is too small then some vignetting will occur. While this is not always a bad thing, this will affect your compositions. And finally, it is more important to set up a macro shot than a regular shot since everything will be so magnified. Choose your backgrounds accordingly and remember the background blur that will be created with such a short focal length. \r\n\r\nAnother thing to remember is that the more magnified an object, the easier it is to lose focus due to camera shake. Try to hold as steady as you can, prop your hand on something if possible, use a tripod if you can, anything you can do to keep the camera steady while hitting that shutter button will help your photo. The smaller and lighter a camera is, the easier it is to shake so certainly the iPhone is as easy as they come to be victim to hand shake. As they teach you in regular photography, even hold your breath while taking the shot to minimize even that movement of your body. Sometimes I need to just take a break to remember to breathe!\r\n\r\nMacro iPhoneography can be very rewarding if you learn to do it correctly. Experimentation is key and you will see immediately what works and what doesn\'t. There is a great sense of accomplishment when an iPhone macro shot turns out well. Keep trying. The results are well worth it.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"536\"  alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 4\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie2.jpg\"  ]\r\n\r\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\r\n\r\nPractice practice practice. Take your iPhone everywhere and try to take as many shots as you can. You will be able to learn the craft through experimentation. You will learn what works for you and what doesn\'t. It\'s not an easy craft to learn - you need to awaken it within you. You can be inspired by others but their style will not be your style, so take as many shots as you can until you find that special shot you know is yours and yours alone. And when that a-ha moment hits, you will know it. \r\n\r\nWe are all constantly learning. There is no ceiling to what we can discover!\r\n\r\n<h4>Any other tips could you share with budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nPractice and experiment. Find the subjects that are most appealing to you. You can never take too many digital photos - that is what the delete button is for! With an iPhone you can take a break and look through what you have just shot and learn on the spot - reshoot by making some self corrections and delete the ones that failed. \r\n\r\nWith an iPhone it is extremely easy to take at least one photo every day. By doing this you force yourself to look at the world through a lens. By actively seeing and looking at the world  you will discover those found moments that you would miss if you were passively strolling on by. \r\n\r\nThe app store can be an overwhelming place! New apps are released daily and each one of them promises to be the \"best\" post processing app; or the \"only\" post processing app you will need. It\'s easy to fall into the hype of this as a beginner so my advice would be to pick a few apps that you really enjoy and really learn them. Discover what they can do inside and out. Learn all the features. Practice and experiment on each photo you take and that way you will learn what works and what doesn\'t. One of the mistakes budding iPhoneographers make is over-apping a photo. All those apps I mentioned makes it is really tempting to use them all on every photo! But that just makes it look like a mash up. Pick the app that you like the most and use it. Use it a lot. As you learn what a few apps can do then you can branch out and expand your \"camera bag.\" It will make it easier to learn new apps in the future if you really know one or two apps when you first start. \r\n\r\nFind a style that suits you through this period of experimentation and it will definitely come through when shooting a type of shot becomes second nature to you. Knowing why and how to use an app will help develop this style that will be yours and yours alone.\r\n\r\nA collection of Hope\'s macro iPhoneography can be see <a href=\"http://sofobomo.org/book-596-iDrops\" title=\"Hope-Valarie Pashos Macro iPhoneography\">here.</a>    \r\n\r\nCheck out Hope\'s other work <a href=\"http://www.saunterings.tumblr.com\" title=\"Hope-Valerie Pashos\">here.</a> \r\n','Macro iPhoneography with Hope-Valarie Pashos ','','inherit','open','open','','4714-revision-13','','','2011-08-13 17:45:34','2011-08-13 17:45:34','',4714,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4714-revision-13.html',0,'revision','',0),(4738,16,'2011-08-13 17:48:00','2011-08-13 17:48:00','[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"469\"  alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie3.jpg\"  ]\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\n\r\nWhen I was little I used to use my father\'s camera ever since I can remember. When I turned 16 I got my first SLR - a Canon AE-1. I used to push the limits of what shots I took. I remember taking tons and tons of slides because the photo developers would process all the slides. With prints, they interpreted my experiments as mistakes! I had to write \"process as is\" on every envelope. The waiting was agony! I finally joined the digital world kicking and screaming. But when I did embrace it, I could not believe how wonderful it was. The only thing I miss about film photography is the smell of a darkroom. I have been a photographer for several years now specializing in sports and nature, one day I didn\'t have my \"big girl\" camera with me, but I did have my iPhone. Suddenly it was like a light went off in my head and I realized how powerful this little phone really is. Now I see how far I can push the limits of the phone. I am having a ball discovering new techniques and new applications.\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?</h4>\r\n\r\nWhat a loaded question! So many people have so many different interpretations! But for me, I feel that I am constantly still learning what defines iPhoneography. I may be a bit stricter than most about it, but to me it means any photo that was taken and processed on the iPhone. I don\'t have an iPad so I can\'t say whether I would include that in the definition or not. But the ability to take a photo, tweak and process it within a matter or moments is tremendous! I can email photos of people and scenes on the spot! So iPhoneography really means convenience and power to me. \r\n\r\nThe difference is in the immediacy. If I thought my wait time from shot to final product was reduced transitioning from film to digital, it has dropped to zero with the iPhone. I can process quickly and show people how and why I am processing an image the way I am immediately after I shoot the photo. I have begun to joke that I have a camera with me at all times that I sometimes use to call, text and email - so the convenience of iPhoneography is probably the biggest difference with regular photography. The fact that you can do all in one with iPhoneography and with regular photography you need a computer and all the equipment just makes it so simple for anyone to do. It allows photography to be approachable by all.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"469\"  alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 2\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie1.jpg\"  ]\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you have an iPhoneography style? If so, how would you describe it?</h4>\r\n\r\nI tend to experiment more with my iPhone - mainly because I can. But of course what is inside me comes out through my photos and what I know is nature. WIth nature photography I love shooting macro, so I tried as hard as I could to transform my phone into a tool for macro photography. With a little brainstorming and experimentation I figured out that a jeweler\'s loupe was a great external lens to use for macro shots. So while I would love to say my style encompasses everything I shoot with my iPhone, my best work is with nature and macro shots.\r\n\r\n<h4>Is it important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n\r\nYes I believe it is critical to have an iPhoneography style. Just like any photographer it is important to separate yourself from everyone else and make your art personal. Being able to identify a line-up of photos by the photographer is extremely important to distinguish yourself. A style is much more important to me than a copyright in the corner of the photo. A style is unique and distinct as yourself. Style is something that can\'t be taught or learned though, it is something within each photographer. It will come out through hard work and practice. iPhoneography allows a lot of different styles to emerge that regular photography doesn\'t. For instance, I know photographers that specialize in grunge effects, or some that are experts with HDR or others that use lo-fi effects to the max. There\'s so much choice! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 3\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie4.jpg\"  ]\r\n\r\n<h4>What\'s your method for taking macro photos with your iPhone?</h4>\r\n\r\nI experimented and used a little ingenuity to expand my iPhoneography to include Macro shots. Unsure of the \"add on\" lenses that were being sold and not willing to make any alterations to my camera or case to fit some of these, I tried to figure out a way to accomplish this on my own. After trying out several objects from magnifying glasses to old lenses from a broken DVD player, I settled on a jeweler\'s Loupe. I use a jeweler\'s loupe for many reasons. First of all, I had several from my slide taking days. Second, they come in many different magnifications. And lastly, because of their teardrop design, I could hold it to the lens of the iPhone very easily. My finger slips through the loupe ring while securing it in position.\r\n\r\nThere are several things one must remember about using this method. First of all, the camera isn\'t set up to focus at the distance you are asking it to focus at. So you need to secure the loupe in position and then move your phone back and forth until the phone finds the focal point you are asking it to and the object is in focus. Take several photos of the object if you can. Move slightly back and forth while taking these photos so that you are assured of at least one photo that is in sharp focus. Remember you can always delete the ones that don\'t come out well!  Second, remember the size lens of the loupe and make sure it is large enough to cover the lens of the iPhone. If the loupe is too small then some vignetting will occur. While this is not always a bad thing, this will affect your compositions. And finally, it is more important to set up a macro shot than a regular shot since everything will be so magnified. Choose your backgrounds accordingly and remember the background blur that will be created with such a short focal length. \r\n\r\nAnother thing to remember is that the more magnified an object, the easier it is to lose focus due to camera shake. Try to hold as steady as you can, prop your hand on something if possible, use a tripod if you can, anything you can do to keep the camera steady while hitting that shutter button will help your photo. The smaller and lighter a camera is, the easier it is to shake so certainly the iPhone is as easy as they come to be victim to hand shake. As they teach you in regular photography, even hold your breath while taking the shot to minimize even that movement of your body. Sometimes I need to just take a break to remember to breathe!\r\n\r\nMacro iPhoneography can be very rewarding if you learn to do it correctly. Experimentation is key and you will see immediately what works and what doesn\'t. There is a great sense of accomplishment when an iPhone macro shot turns out well. Keep trying. The results are well worth it.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"469\"  alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 4\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie2.jpg\"  ]\r\n\r\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\r\n\r\nPractice practice practice. Take your iPhone everywhere and try to take as many shots as you can. You will be able to learn the craft through experimentation. You will learn what works for you and what doesn\'t. It\'s not an easy craft to learn - you need to awaken it within you. You can be inspired by others but their style will not be your style, so take as many shots as you can until you find that special shot you know is yours and yours alone. And when that a-ha moment hits, you will know it. \r\n\r\nWe are all constantly learning. There is no ceiling to what we can discover!\r\n\r\n<h4>Any other tips could you share with budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nPractice and experiment. Find the subjects that are most appealing to you. You can never take too many digital photos - that is what the delete button is for! With an iPhone you can take a break and look through what you have just shot and learn on the spot - reshoot by making some self corrections and delete the ones that failed. \r\n\r\nWith an iPhone it is extremely easy to take at least one photo every day. By doing this you force yourself to look at the world through a lens. By actively seeing and looking at the world  you will discover those found moments that you would miss if you were passively strolling on by. \r\n\r\nThe app store can be an overwhelming place! New apps are released daily and each one of them promises to be the \"best\" post processing app; or the \"only\" post processing app you will need. It\'s easy to fall into the hype of this as a beginner so my advice would be to pick a few apps that you really enjoy and really learn them. Discover what they can do inside and out. Learn all the features. Practice and experiment on each photo you take and that way you will learn what works and what doesn\'t. One of the mistakes budding iPhoneographers make is over-apping a photo. All those apps I mentioned makes it is really tempting to use them all on every photo! But that just makes it look like a mash up. Pick the app that you like the most and use it. Use it a lot. As you learn what a few apps can do then you can branch out and expand your \"camera bag.\" It will make it easier to learn new apps in the future if you really know one or two apps when you first start. \r\n\r\nFind a style that suits you through this period of experimentation and it will definitely come through when shooting a type of shot becomes second nature to you. Knowing why and how to use an app will help develop this style that will be yours and yours alone.\r\n\r\nA collection of Hope\'s macro iPhoneography can be see <a href=\"http://sofobomo.org/book-596-iDrops\" title=\"Hope-Valarie Pashos Macro iPhoneography\">here.</a>    \r\n\r\nCheck out Hope\'s other work <a href=\"http://www.saunterings.tumblr.com\" title=\"Hope-Valerie Pashos\">here.</a> \r\n','Macro iPhoneography with Hope-Valarie Pashos ','','inherit','open','open','','4714-revision-14','','','2011-08-13 17:48:00','2011-08-13 17:48:00','',4714,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4714-revision-14.html',0,'revision','',0),(4739,16,'2011-08-13 17:59:29','2011-08-13 17:59:29','To continue our series of interviews with iPhoneographers we are very happy to welcome Hope-Valarie Pashos, who has a fascinating take on iPhoneography, with some absolutely brilliant practical tips for macro iPhoneography. Hope recently created a book for her iDrop series, a collection of water droplets photographs taken using the method she explains below! Do not miss this one!   \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"469\"  alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie3.jpg\"  ]<center><p><em>Thorny Situation Drops</em>, Hope-Valarie Pashos</p></center>\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\n\nWhen I was little I used to use my father\'s camera ever since I can remember. When I turned 16 I got my first SLR - a Canon AE-1. I used to push the limits of what shots I took. I remember taking tons and tons of slides because the photo developers would process all the slides. With prints, they interpreted my experiments as mistakes! I had to write \"process as is\" on every envelope. The waiting was agony! I finally joined the digital world kicking and screaming. But when I did embrace it, I could not believe how wonderful it was. The only thing I miss about film photography is the smell of a darkroom. I have been a photographer for several years now specializing in sports and nature, one day I didn\'t have my \"big girl\" camera with me, but I did have my iPhone. Suddenly it was like a light went off in my head and I realized how powerful this little phone really is. Now I see how far I can push the limits of the phone. I am having a ball discovering new techniques and new applications.\n\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?</h4>\n\nWhat a loaded question! So many people have so many different interpretations! But for me, I feel that I am constantly still learning what defines iPhoneography. I may be a bit stricter than most about it, but to me it means any photo that was taken and processed on the iPhone. I don\'t have an iPad so I can\'t say whether I would include that in the definition or not. But the ability to take a photo, tweak and process it within a matter or moments is tremendous! I can email photos of people and scenes on the spot! So iPhoneography really means convenience and power to me. \n\nThe difference is in the immediacy. If I thought my wait time from shot to final product was reduced transitioning from film to digital, it has dropped to zero with the iPhone. I can process quickly and show people how and why I am processing an image the way I am immediately after I shoot the photo. I have begun to joke that I have a camera with me at all times that I sometimes use to call, text and email - so the convenience of iPhoneography is probably the biggest difference with regular photography. The fact that you can do all in one with iPhoneography and with regular photography you need a computer and all the equipment just makes it so simple for anyone to do. It allows photography to be approachable by all.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"469\"  alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 2\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie1.jpg\"  ]<center><p><em>A Visitor</em>, Hope-Valarie Pashos</p></center>\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>Do you have an iPhoneography style? If so, how would you describe it?</h4>\n\nI tend to experiment more with my iPhone - mainly because I can. But of course what is inside me comes out through my photos and what I know is nature. WIth nature photography I love shooting macro, so I tried as hard as I could to transform my phone into a tool for macro photography. With a little brainstorming and experimentation I figured out that a jeweler\'s loupe was a great external lens to use for macro shots. So while I would love to say my style encompasses everything I shoot with my iPhone, my best work is with nature and macro shots.\n\n<h4>Is it important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\n\nYes I believe it is critical to have an iPhoneography style. Just like any photographer it is important to separate yourself from everyone else and make your art personal. Being able to identify a line-up of photos by the photographer is extremely important to distinguish yourself. A style is much more important to me than a copyright in the corner of the photo. A style is unique and distinct as yourself. Style is something that can\'t be taught or learned though, it is something within each photographer. It will come out through hard work and practice. iPhoneography allows a lot of different styles to emerge that regular photography doesn\'t. For instance, I know photographers that specialize in grunge effects, or some that are experts with HDR or others that use lo-fi effects to the max. There\'s so much choice! \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 3\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie4.jpg\"  ]\n\n<h4>What\'s your method for taking macro photos with your iPhone?</h4>\n\nI experimented and used a little ingenuity to expand my iPhoneography to include Macro shots. Unsure of the \"add on\" lenses that were being sold and not willing to make any alterations to my camera or case to fit some of these, I tried to figure out a way to accomplish this on my own. After trying out several objects from magnifying glasses to old lenses from a broken DVD player, I settled on a jeweler\'s Loupe. I use a jeweler\'s loupe for many reasons. First of all, I had several from my slide taking days. Second, they come in many different magnifications. And lastly, because of their teardrop design, I could hold it to the lens of the iPhone very easily. My finger slips through the loupe ring while securing it in position.\n\nThere are several things one must remember about using this method. First of all, the camera isn\'t set up to focus at the distance you are asking it to focus at. So you need to secure the loupe in position and then move your phone back and forth until the phone finds the focal point you are asking it to and the object is in focus. Take several photos of the object if you can. Move slightly back and forth while taking these photos so that you are assured of at least one photo that is in sharp focus. Remember you can always delete the ones that don\'t come out well!  Second, remember the size lens of the loupe and make sure it is large enough to cover the lens of the iPhone. If the loupe is too small then some vignetting will occur. While this is not always a bad thing, this will affect your compositions. And finally, it is more important to set up a macro shot than a regular shot since everything will be so magnified. Choose your backgrounds accordingly and remember the background blur that will be created with such a short focal length. \n\nAnother thing to remember is that the more magnified an object, the easier it is to lose focus due to camera shake. Try to hold as steady as you can, prop your hand on something if possible, use a tripod if you can, anything you can do to keep the camera steady while hitting that shutter button will help your photo. The smaller and lighter a camera is, the easier it is to shake so certainly the iPhone is as easy as they come to be victim to hand shake. As they teach you in regular photography, even hold your breath while taking the shot to minimize even that movement of your body. Sometimes I need to just take a break to remember to breathe!\n\nMacro iPhoneography can be very rewarding if you learn to do it correctly. Experimentation is key and you will see immediately what works and what doesn\'t. There is a great sense of accomplishment when an iPhone macro shot turns out well. Keep trying. The results are well worth it.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"469\"  alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 4\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie2.jpg\"  ]<center><p><em>Reflection of Maturity</em>, Hope-Valarie Pashos</p></center>\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\n\nPractice practice practice. Take your iPhone everywhere and try to take as many shots as you can. You will be able to learn the craft through experimentation. You will learn what works for you and what doesn\'t. It\'s not an easy craft to learn - you need to awaken it within you. You can be inspired by others but their style will not be your style, so take as many shots as you can until you find that special shot you know is yours and yours alone. And when that a-ha moment hits, you will know it. \n\nWe are all constantly learning. There is no ceiling to what we can discover!\n\n<h4>Any other tips could you share with budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\n\nPractice and experiment. Find the subjects that are most appealing to you. You can never take too many digital photos - that is what the delete button is for! With an iPhone you can take a break and look through what you have just shot and learn on the spot - reshoot by making some self corrections and delete the ones that failed. \n\nWith an iPhone it is extremely easy to take at least one photo every day. By doing this you force yourself to look at the world through a lens. By actively seeing and looking at the world  you will discover those found moments that you would miss if you were passively strolling on by. \n\nThe app store can be an overwhelming place! New apps are released daily and each one of them promises to be the \"best\" post processing app; or the \"only\" post processing app you will need. It\'s easy to fall into the hype of this as a beginner so my advice would be to pick a few apps that you really enjoy and really learn them. Discover what they can do inside and out. Learn all the features. Practice and experiment on each photo you take and that way you will learn what works and what doesn\'t. One of the mistakes budding iPhoneographers make is over-apping a photo. All those apps I mentioned makes it is really tempting to use them all on every photo! But that just makes it look like a mash up. Pick the app that you like the most and use it. Use it a lot. As you learn what a few apps can do then you can branch out and expand your \"camera bag.\" It will make it easier to learn new apps in the future if you really know one or two apps when you first start. \n\nFind a style that suits you through this period of experimentation and it will definitely come through when shooting a type of shot becomes second nature to you. Knowing why and how to use an app will help develop this style that will be yours and yours alone.\n\nA collection of Hope\'s macro iPhoneography can be see <a href=\"http://sofobomo.org/book-596-iDrops\" title=\"Hope-Valarie Pashos Macro iPhoneography\">here.</a>    \n\nCheck out Hope\'s other work <a href=\"http://www.saunterings.tumblr.com\" title=\"Hope-Valerie Pashos\">here.</a> \n','Macro iPhoneography with Hope-Valarie Pashos ','','inherit','open','open','','4714-revision-15','','','2011-08-13 17:59:29','2011-08-13 17:59:29','',4714,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4714-revision-15.html',0,'revision','',0),(4782,16,'2011-08-24 09:20:25','2011-08-24 09:20:25','<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\n\r\nI first started with Phoneography approximately May 2008. I retired and immediately dumped my blackberry for the iPhone - it was after that I discovered image making with the iPhone. Eerily it reminded me of a Polaroid camera my father gave me when I was 8 years old, where I could now get instant images but with the added ability of processing and managing the image!\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you?How is it different from regular photography?</h4>\r\n\r\nFor one, and this will seem repetitive, it is always with me. With immediate access to different camera applications it gives me so many choices to capture an image. \r\n\r\nAdditionally, I use the iPhone as a ground glass for my high resolution technical camera. It keeps me from having to remove the digital back and put on a ground glass for composition. And as a bonus my iPhone has become a visual diary. \r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe your iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n\r\nFairly straight ahead...with a few twists and turns. I am a firm believer in not using applications for the sake of applications. Don\'t get me wrong, I\'ve tried almost every application that is out there to see what it might have to offer, and I do occasionally trip on to something that works for me, in which case I will immediately add it into my workflow.\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you think it is important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n\r\nNot really - but it is important to try and find your own authenticity and to use all the tools in your repertoire to create your own image types. When I teach I stress knowing where the medium came from, and paying homage to those who came before. I believe this is important wherever your creativity lies.\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips could you share with budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Shoot shoot shoot, play play play! To quote Malcolm Gladwell, get in your 10,000 hours learning your craft. Also make use of Facebook and other social media to study the work of others.</li>\r\n<li>Keep making images and learning! Get involved with other iPhoneographers, and learn from each other. </li>\r\n<li>It\'s also very important to learn how to manage your resolution, as it is often overlooked with iPhoneographers. If you are going to print your work this becomes very important, and keeping the resolution up is not that intuitive in some apps...they put the dialog in the strangest places!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n','iPhoneography with Harry Sandler ','','inherit','open','open','','4741-revision-10','','','2011-08-24 09:20:25','2011-08-24 09:20:25','',4741,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4741-revision-10.html',0,'revision','',0),(4740,16,'2011-08-24 09:26:43','2011-08-24 09:26:43','To continue our series of interviews with iPhoneographers we are very happy to welcome Hope-Valarie Pashos, who has a fascinating take on iPhoneography, with some absolutely brilliant practical tips for macro iPhoneography. Hope recently created a book for her iDrop series, a collection of water droplets photographs taken using the method she explains below! Do not miss this one!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"469\" alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie3.jpg\" ]\r\n\r\n<center><em>Thorny Situation Drops</em>, Hope-Valarie Pasho&nbsp;\r\n</center>&nbsp;\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\nWhen I was little I used to use my father\'s camera ever since I can remember. When I turned 16 I got my first SLR - a Canon AE-1. I used to push the limits of what shots I took. I remember taking tons and tons of slides because the photo developers would process all the slides. With prints, they interpreted my experiments as mistakes! I had to write \"process as is\" on every envelope. The waiting was agony! I finally joined the digital world kicking and screaming. But when I did embrace it, I could not believe how wonderful it was. The only thing I miss about film photography is the smell of a darkroom. I have been a photographer for several years now specializing in sports and nature, one day I didn\'t have my \"big girl\" camera with me, but I did have my iPhone. Suddenly it was like a light went off in my head and I realized how powerful this little phone really is. Now I see how far I can push the limits of the phone. I am having a ball discovering new techniques and new applications.\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?</h4>\r\nWhat a loaded question! So many people have so many different interpretations! But for me, I feel that I am constantly still learning what defines iPhoneography. I may be a bit stricter than most about it, but to me it means any photo that was taken and processed on the iPhone. I don\'t have an iPad so I can\'t say whether I would include that in the definition or not. But the ability to take a photo, tweak and process it within a matter or moments is tremendous! I can email photos of people and scenes on the spot! So iPhoneography really means convenience and power to me.\r\n\r\nThe difference is in the immediacy. If I thought my wait time from shot to final product was reduced transitioning from film to digital, it has dropped to zero with the iPhone. I can process quickly and show people how and why I am processing an image the way I am immediately after I shoot the photo. I have begun to joke that I have a camera with me at all times that I sometimes use to call, text and email - so the convenience of iPhoneography is probably the biggest difference with regular photography. The fact that you can do all in one with iPhoneography and with regular photography you need a computer and all the equipment just makes it so simple for anyone to do. It allows photography to be approachable by all.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"469\" alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 2\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie1.jpg\" ]\r\n\r\n<center><em>A Visitor</em>, Hope-Valarie Pashos\r\n&nbsp;\r\n</center>&nbsp;\r\n<h4>Do you have an iPhoneography style? If so, how would you describe it?</h4>\r\nI tend to experiment more with my iPhone - mainly because I can. But of course what is inside me comes out through my photos and what I know is nature. WIth nature photography I love shooting macro, so I tried as hard as I could to transform my phone into a tool for macro photography. With a little brainstorming and experimentation I figured out that a jeweler\'s loupe was a great external lens to use for macro shots. So while I would love to say my style encompasses everything I shoot with my iPhone, my best work is with nature and macro shots.\r\n<h4>Is it important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\nYes I believe it is critical to have an iPhoneography style. Just like any photographer it is important to separate yourself from everyone else and make your art personal. Being able to identify a line-up of photos by the photographer is extremely important to distinguish yourself. A style is much more important to me than a copyright in the corner of the photo. A style is unique and distinct as yourself. Style is something that can\'t be taught or learned though, it is something within each photographer. It will come out through hard work and practice. iPhoneography allows a lot of different styles to emerge that regular photography doesn\'t. For instance, I know photographers that specialize in grunge effects, or some that are experts with HDR or others that use lo-fi effects to the max. There\'s so much choice!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\" alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 3\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie4.jpg\" ]\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n<h4>What\'s your method for taking macro photos with your iPhone?</h4>\r\nI experimented and used a little ingenuity to expand my iPhoneography to include Macro shots. Unsure of the \"add on\" lenses that were being sold and not willing to make any alterations to my camera or case to fit some of these, I tried to figure out a way to accomplish this on my own. After trying out several objects from magnifying glasses to old lenses from a broken DVD player, I settled on a jeweler\'s Loupe. I use a jeweler\'s loupe for many reasons. First of all, I had several from my slide taking days. Second, they come in many different magnifications. And lastly, because of their teardrop design, I could hold it to the lens of the iPhone very easily. My finger slips through the loupe ring while securing it in position.\r\n\r\nThere are several things one must remember about using this method. First of all, the camera isn\'t set up to focus at the distance you are asking it to focus at. So you need to secure the loupe in position and then move your phone back and forth until the phone finds the focal point you are asking it to and the object is in focus. Take several photos of the object if you can. Move slightly back and forth while taking these photos so that you are assured of at least one photo that is in sharp focus. Remember you can always delete the ones that don\'t come out well! Second, remember the size lens of the loupe and make sure it is large enough to cover the lens of the iPhone. If the loupe is too small then some vignetting will occur. While this is not always a bad thing, this will affect your compositions. And finally, it is more important to set up a macro shot than a regular shot since everything will be so magnified. Choose your backgrounds accordingly and remember the background blur that will be created with such a short focal length.\r\n\r\nAnother thing to remember is that the more magnified an object, the easier it is to lose focus due to camera shake. Try to hold as steady as you can, prop your hand on something if possible, use a tripod if you can, anything you can do to keep the camera steady while hitting that shutter button will help your photo. The smaller and lighter a camera is, the easier it is to shake so certainly the iPhone is as easy as they come to be victim to hand shake. As they teach you in regular photography, even hold your breath while taking the shot to minimize even that movement of your body. Sometimes I need to just take a break to remember to breathe!\r\n\r\nMacro iPhoneography can be very rewarding if you learn to do it correctly. Experimentation is key and you will see immediately what works and what doesn\'t. There is a great sense of accomplishment when an iPhone macro shot turns out well. Keep trying. The results are well worth it.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"469\" alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 4\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie2.jpg\" ]\r\n\r\n<center><em>Reflection of Maturity</em>, Hope-Valarie Pashos\r\n&nbsp;</center>&nbsp;\r\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\r\nPractice practice practice. Take your iPhone everywhere and try to take as many shots as you can. You will be able to learn the craft through experimentation. You will learn what works for you and what doesn\'t. It\'s not an easy craft to learn - you need to awaken it within you. You can be inspired by others but their style will not be your style, so take as many shots as you can until you find that special shot you know is yours and yours alone. And when that a-ha moment hits, you will know it.\r\n\r\nWe are all constantly learning. There is no ceiling to what we can discover!\r\n<h4>Any other tips could you share with budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\nPractice and experiment. Find the subjects that are most appealing to you. You can never take too many digital photos - that is what the delete button is for! With an iPhone you can take a break and look through what you have just shot and learn on the spot - reshoot by making some self corrections and delete the ones that failed.\r\n\r\nWith an iPhone it is extremely easy to take at least one photo every day. By doing this you force yourself to look at the world through a lens. By actively seeing and looking at the world you will discover those found moments that you would miss if you were passively strolling on by.\r\n\r\nThe app store can be an overwhelming place! New apps are released daily and each one of them promises to be the \"best\" post processing app; or the \"only\" post processing app you will need. It\'s easy to fall into the hype of this as a beginner so my advice would be to pick a few apps that you really enjoy and really learn them. Discover what they can do inside and out. Learn all the features. Practice and experiment on each photo you take and that way you will learn what works and what doesn\'t. One of the mistakes budding iPhoneographers make is over-apping a photo. All those apps I mentioned makes it is really tempting to use them all on every photo! But that just makes it look like a mash up. Pick the app that you like the most and use it. Use it a lot. As you learn what a few apps can do then you can branch out and expand your \"camera bag.\" It will make it easier to learn new apps in the future if you really know one or two apps when you first start.\r\n\r\nFind a style that suits you through this period of experimentation and it will definitely come through when shooting a type of shot becomes second nature to you. Knowing why and how to use an app will help develop this style that will be yours and yours alone.\r\n\r\nA collection of Hope\'s macro iPhoneography can be see <a title=\"Hope-Valarie Pashos Macro iPhoneography\" href=\"http://sofobomo.org/book-596-iDrops\">here.</a>\r\n\r\nCheck out Hope\'s other work <a title=\"Hope-Valerie Pashos\" href=\"http://www.saunterings.tumblr.com\">here.</a>','Macro iPhoneography with Hope-Valarie Pashos ','','inherit','open','open','','4714-autosave','','','2011-08-24 09:26:43','2011-08-24 09:26:43','',4714,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4714-autosave.html',0,'revision','',0),(4761,5,'2011-08-13 18:00:26','2011-08-13 18:00:26','To continue our series of interviews with iPhoneographers we are very happy to welcome Hope-Valarie Pashos, who has a fascinating take on iPhoneography, with some absolutely brilliant practical tips for macro iPhoneography. Hope recently created a book for her iDrop series, a collection of water droplets photographs taken using the method she explains below! Do not miss this one!   \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"469\"  alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie3.jpg\"  ]<center><p><em>Thorny Situation Drops</em>, Hope-Valarie Pashos</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\n\r\nWhen I was little I used to use my father\'s camera ever since I can remember. When I turned 16 I got my first SLR - a Canon AE-1. I used to push the limits of what shots I took. I remember taking tons and tons of slides because the photo developers would process all the slides. With prints, they interpreted my experiments as mistakes! I had to write \"process as is\" on every envelope. The waiting was agony! I finally joined the digital world kicking and screaming. But when I did embrace it, I could not believe how wonderful it was. The only thing I miss about film photography is the smell of a darkroom. I have been a photographer for several years now specializing in sports and nature, one day I didn\'t have my \"big girl\" camera with me, but I did have my iPhone. Suddenly it was like a light went off in my head and I realized how powerful this little phone really is. Now I see how far I can push the limits of the phone. I am having a ball discovering new techniques and new applications.\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?</h4>\r\n\r\nWhat a loaded question! So many people have so many different interpretations! But for me, I feel that I am constantly still learning what defines iPhoneography. I may be a bit stricter than most about it, but to me it means any photo that was taken and processed on the iPhone. I don\'t have an iPad so I can\'t say whether I would include that in the definition or not. But the ability to take a photo, tweak and process it within a matter or moments is tremendous! I can email photos of people and scenes on the spot! So iPhoneography really means convenience and power to me. \r\n\r\nThe difference is in the immediacy. If I thought my wait time from shot to final product was reduced transitioning from film to digital, it has dropped to zero with the iPhone. I can process quickly and show people how and why I am processing an image the way I am immediately after I shoot the photo. I have begun to joke that I have a camera with me at all times that I sometimes use to call, text and email - so the convenience of iPhoneography is probably the biggest difference with regular photography. The fact that you can do all in one with iPhoneography and with regular photography you need a computer and all the equipment just makes it so simple for anyone to do. It allows photography to be approachable by all.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"469\"  alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 2\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie1.jpg\"  ]<center><p><em>A Visitor</em>, Hope-Valarie Pashos</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you have an iPhoneography style? If so, how would you describe it?</h4>\r\n\r\nI tend to experiment more with my iPhone - mainly because I can. But of course what is inside me comes out through my photos and what I know is nature. WIth nature photography I love shooting macro, so I tried as hard as I could to transform my phone into a tool for macro photography. With a little brainstorming and experimentation I figured out that a jeweler\'s loupe was a great external lens to use for macro shots. So while I would love to say my style encompasses everything I shoot with my iPhone, my best work is with nature and macro shots.\r\n\r\n<h4>Is it important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n\r\nYes I believe it is critical to have an iPhoneography style. Just like any photographer it is important to separate yourself from everyone else and make your art personal. Being able to identify a line-up of photos by the photographer is extremely important to distinguish yourself. A style is much more important to me than a copyright in the corner of the photo. A style is unique and distinct as yourself. Style is something that can\'t be taught or learned though, it is something within each photographer. It will come out through hard work and practice. iPhoneography allows a lot of different styles to emerge that regular photography doesn\'t. For instance, I know photographers that specialize in grunge effects, or some that are experts with HDR or others that use lo-fi effects to the max. There\'s so much choice! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 3\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie4.jpg\"  ]\r\n\r\n<h4>What\'s your method for taking macro photos with your iPhone?</h4>\r\n\r\nI experimented and used a little ingenuity to expand my iPhoneography to include Macro shots. Unsure of the \"add on\" lenses that were being sold and not willing to make any alterations to my camera or case to fit some of these, I tried to figure out a way to accomplish this on my own. After trying out several objects from magnifying glasses to old lenses from a broken DVD player, I settled on a jeweler\'s Loupe. I use a jeweler\'s loupe for many reasons. First of all, I had several from my slide taking days. Second, they come in many different magnifications. And lastly, because of their teardrop design, I could hold it to the lens of the iPhone very easily. My finger slips through the loupe ring while securing it in position.\r\n\r\nThere are several things one must remember about using this method. First of all, the camera isn\'t set up to focus at the distance you are asking it to focus at. So you need to secure the loupe in position and then move your phone back and forth until the phone finds the focal point you are asking it to and the object is in focus. Take several photos of the object if you can. Move slightly back and forth while taking these photos so that you are assured of at least one photo that is in sharp focus. Remember you can always delete the ones that don\'t come out well!  Second, remember the size lens of the loupe and make sure it is large enough to cover the lens of the iPhone. If the loupe is too small then some vignetting will occur. While this is not always a bad thing, this will affect your compositions. And finally, it is more important to set up a macro shot than a regular shot since everything will be so magnified. Choose your backgrounds accordingly and remember the background blur that will be created with such a short focal length. \r\n\r\nAnother thing to remember is that the more magnified an object, the easier it is to lose focus due to camera shake. Try to hold as steady as you can, prop your hand on something if possible, use a tripod if you can, anything you can do to keep the camera steady while hitting that shutter button will help your photo. The smaller and lighter a camera is, the easier it is to shake so certainly the iPhone is as easy as they come to be victim to hand shake. As they teach you in regular photography, even hold your breath while taking the shot to minimize even that movement of your body. Sometimes I need to just take a break to remember to breathe!\r\n\r\nMacro iPhoneography can be very rewarding if you learn to do it correctly. Experimentation is key and you will see immediately what works and what doesn\'t. There is a great sense of accomplishment when an iPhone macro shot turns out well. Keep trying. The results are well worth it.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"469\"  alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 4\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie2.jpg\"  ]<center><p><em>Reflection of Maturity</em>, Hope-Valarie Pashos</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\r\n\r\nPractice practice practice. Take your iPhone everywhere and try to take as many shots as you can. You will be able to learn the craft through experimentation. You will learn what works for you and what doesn\'t. It\'s not an easy craft to learn - you need to awaken it within you. You can be inspired by others but their style will not be your style, so take as many shots as you can until you find that special shot you know is yours and yours alone. And when that a-ha moment hits, you will know it. \r\n\r\nWe are all constantly learning. There is no ceiling to what we can discover!\r\n\r\n<h4>Any other tips could you share with budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nPractice and experiment. Find the subjects that are most appealing to you. You can never take too many digital photos - that is what the delete button is for! With an iPhone you can take a break and look through what you have just shot and learn on the spot - reshoot by making some self corrections and delete the ones that failed. \r\n\r\nWith an iPhone it is extremely easy to take at least one photo every day. By doing this you force yourself to look at the world through a lens. By actively seeing and looking at the world  you will discover those found moments that you would miss if you were passively strolling on by. \r\n\r\nThe app store can be an overwhelming place! New apps are released daily and each one of them promises to be the \"best\" post processing app; or the \"only\" post processing app you will need. It\'s easy to fall into the hype of this as a beginner so my advice would be to pick a few apps that you really enjoy and really learn them. Discover what they can do inside and out. Learn all the features. Practice and experiment on each photo you take and that way you will learn what works and what doesn\'t. One of the mistakes budding iPhoneographers make is over-apping a photo. All those apps I mentioned makes it is really tempting to use them all on every photo! But that just makes it look like a mash up. Pick the app that you like the most and use it. Use it a lot. As you learn what a few apps can do then you can branch out and expand your \"camera bag.\" It will make it easier to learn new apps in the future if you really know one or two apps when you first start. \r\n\r\nFind a style that suits you through this period of experimentation and it will definitely come through when shooting a type of shot becomes second nature to you. Knowing why and how to use an app will help develop this style that will be yours and yours alone.\r\n\r\nA collection of Hope\'s macro iPhoneography can be see <a href=\"http://sofobomo.org/book-596-iDrops\" title=\"Hope-Valarie Pashos Macro iPhoneography\">here.</a>    \r\n\r\nCheck out Hope\'s other work <a href=\"http://www.saunterings.tumblr.com\" title=\"Hope-Valerie Pashos\">here.</a> \r\n','Macro iPhoneography with Hope-Valarie Pashos ','','inherit','open','open','','4714-revision-16','','','2011-08-13 18:00:26','2011-08-13 18:00:26','',4714,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4714-revision-16.html',0,'revision','',0),(4741,16,'2011-08-24 10:22:43','2011-08-24 10:22:43','This week we return with another fantastic interview from American iPhoneographer Harry Sandler. A photographer and iPhoneographer, Harry teaches 2-day workshops on using your iPhone as a camera. Harry will also make a guest appearance giving an artist talk to coincide with a show of his work at the Renaissance Gallery in Carmel, Indiana, USA on the 9th of September 2011...be sure to check it out if you can! For now, here\'s Harry\'s take on iPhoneography!   \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\" height=\"264\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Harry Sandler\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/harry1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\n\r\nI first started with Phoneography approximately May 2008. I retired and immediately dumped my blackberry for the iPhone - it was after that I discovered image making with the iPhone. Eerily it reminded me of a Polaroid camera my father gave me when I was 8 years old, where I could now get instant images but with the added ability of processing and managing the image!\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?</h4>\r\n\r\nFor one, and this will seem repetitive, it is always with me. With immediate access to different camera applications it gives me so many choices to capture an image. \r\n\r\nAdditionally, I use the iPhone as a ground glass for my high resolution technical camera. It keeps me from having to remove the digital back and put on a ground glass for composition. What that means is, I use my iPhone to see what the camera is seeing, so it basically becomes my composing screen or viewfinder. Take a look at the image below to get a better idea of how I use my iPhone with my camera. And of course, as a bonus my iPhone has become a visual diary. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Harry Sandler - iPhone with ALPA camera\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Alpa.jpeg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe your iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n\r\nFairly straight ahead...with a few twists and turns. I am a firm believer in not using applications for the sake of applications. Don\'t get me wrong, I\'ve tried almost every application that is out there to see what it might have to offer, and I do occasionally trip on to something that works for me, in which case I will immediately add it into my workflow.\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you think it is important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n\r\nNot really - but it is important to try and find your own authenticity and to use all the tools in your repertoire to create your own image types. When I teach I stress knowing where the medium came from, and paying homage to those who came before. I believe this is important wherever your creativity lies.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\" height=\"357\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Harry Sandler\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/harry4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips could you share with budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Shoot shoot shoot, play play play! To quote Malcolm Gladwell, get in your 10,000 hours learning your craft. Also make use of Facebook and other social media to study the work of others.</li>\r\n<li>Keep making images and learning! Get involved with other iPhoneographers, and learn from each other. </li>\r\n<li>It\'s also very important to learn how to manage your resolution, as it is often overlooked with iPhoneographers. If you are going to print your work this becomes very important, and keeping the resolution up is not that intuitive in some apps...they put the dialog in the strangest places!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"450\" height=\"416\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Harry Sandler\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/harry2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit more about your iPhoneography workshops...</h4>\r\n\r\nI hold 2-day workshops in the town of Carmel, Indiana. You can read more about them <a href=\"http://www.facebook.com/?ref=home#!/event.php?eid=238585306172778 \" title=\"Harry Sandler iPhoneography Workshops\">here</a>. I teach beginners and up but must stress that I teach photography using the iPhone not just iPhoneography. There is a difference in my mind. I see the iPhone as a powerful and creative tool but it is just that - a tool like any other camera. My workshops cover set-up, image making, resolution, applications, folder structure, transfer of images, and we end the class with how to export and print the images.\r\n\r\nYou can check out more of Harry\'s work at the following: \r\n<a href=\"http://harrysandler.com\" title=\"Harry Sandler iPhoneographer Website\">Harrysandler.com</a>\r\n<a href=\"http://HSandler.blogspot.com\" title=\"Harry Sandler iPhoneographer Blog\">Harry Sandler\'s Blog</a>\r\n<a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com\" title=\"Harry Sandler iPhone Antics\">Harry Sandler iPhone Antics Blog</a>','iPhoneography With Harry Sandler','','publish','open','open','','iphoneography-with-harry-sandler','','','2011-09-19 15:54:59','2011-09-19 15:54:59','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=4741',0,'post','',0),(4742,16,'2011-08-13 18:04:10','2011-08-13 18:04:10','Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography\n\nI first started with Phoneography approximately May 2008. I retired and immediately dumped my blackberry for the iPhone - it as then I discovered image making with the iPhone. Eerily it reminded me of a Polaroid camera my father gave me when I was 8 years old...Instant image but now with the ability to process and manage the image...\n\nWhat does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?\n\nFor one, and this will seem repetitive, it is always with me. And with immediate access to different camera applications it gives me many choices to capture an image. Additionally, I use the iPhone as a ground glass for my high resolution technical camera. It keeps me from having to remove the digital back and put on a ground glass for composition. And as a bonus it becomes a visual diary....\n\nDo you have an iPhoneography style? If so, how would you describe it?\n\nFairly straight ahead...with a few twists and turns. I am a firm believer in not using applications for the sake of applications - Don\'t rad me wrong in that I try almost every application that is released  to see what it might have to offer...I do from time to time trip on to something that works for me and immediately add this into my workflow.\n\nIs it important to have an iPhoneography style?\n\nNot really - it is important to try and find your own authenticity and use all the tools to create those image types...when I teach i stress knowing where the medium came from - pay homage to those who came before....I believe this is important wherever your creativity lies...\n\nWhat would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?\n\nShoot shoot shoot play play play - to quote Malcolm Gladwell get in your 10,000 hours learning your craft. Also use facebook and other social media to study the work of others...\n\nWhat tips could you share with budding iPhoneographers?\n\nkeep making images and learning......get involved with others using the iPhone and learn from each other...also very important to learn how to manage your resolution - it is often overlooked with iPhoneographers...if you are going to print your work this becomes very important....and keeping the resolution up is not that intuitive in some cases...they put the dialog in the strangest places....','iPhoneography with Harry Sandler ','','inherit','open','open','','4741-revision','','','2011-08-13 18:04:10','2011-08-13 18:04:10','',4741,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4741-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(4743,16,'2011-08-13 18:13:35','2011-08-13 18:13:35','','harry1','','inherit','open','open','','harry1','','','2011-08-13 18:13:35','2011-08-13 18:13:35','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/harry1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4744,16,'2011-08-13 18:13:40','2011-08-13 18:13:40','','harry2','','inherit','open','open','','harry2','','','2011-08-13 18:13:40','2011-08-13 18:13:40','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/harry2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4745,16,'2011-08-13 18:13:48','2011-08-13 18:13:48','','harry3','','inherit','open','open','','harry3','','','2011-08-13 18:13:48','2011-08-13 18:13:48','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/harry3.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4746,16,'2011-08-13 18:14:29','2011-08-13 18:14:29','','harry4','','inherit','open','open','','harry4','','','2011-08-13 18:14:29','2011-08-13 18:14:29','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/harry4.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4750,16,'2011-08-13 18:24:55','2011-08-13 18:24:55','Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography\n\nI first started with Phoneography approximately May 2008. I retired and immediately dumped my blackberry for the iPhone - it was after that I discovered image making with the iPhone. Eerily it reminded me of a Polaroid camera my father gave me when I was 8 years old, where I could now get instant images but with the added ability of processing and managing the image!\n\nWhat does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?\n\nFor one, and this will seem repetitive, it is always with me. With immediate access to different camera applications it gives me so many choices to capture an image. \n\nAdditionally, I use the iPhone as a ground glass for my high resolution technical camera. It keeps me from having to remove the digital back and put on a ground glass for composition. And as a bonus my iPhone has become a visual diary. \n\nDo you have an iPhoneography style? If so, how would you describe it?\n\nFairly straight ahead...with a few twists and turns. I am a firm believer in not using applications for the sake of applications. Don\'t get me wrong, I\'ve tried almost every application that is released to see what it might have to offer and I do occasionally trip on to something that works for me, in which case I will immediately add this into my workflow.\n\nIs it important to have an iPhoneography style?\n\nNot really - it is important to try and find your own authenticity and use all the tools to create those image types. When I teach i stress knowing where the medium came from and paying homage to those who came before. I believe this is important wherever your creativity lies.\n\nWhat tips could you share with budding iPhoneographers?\n\nShoot shoot shoot, play play play! To quote Malcolm Gladwell, get in your 10,000 hours learning your craft. Also make use of Facebook and other social media to study the work of others.\n\nKeep making images and learning! Get involved with other iPhoneographers, and learn from each other. It\'s also very important to learn how to manage your resolution, as it is often overlooked with iPhoneographers. If you are going to print your work this becomes very important, and keeping the resolution up is not that intuitive in some apps...they put the dialog in the strangest places!','iPhoneography with Harry Sandler ','','inherit','open','open','','4741-revision-5','','','2011-08-13 18:24:55','2011-08-13 18:24:55','',4741,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4741-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(4747,16,'2011-08-13 18:22:23','2011-08-13 18:22:23','Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography\n\nI first started with Phoneography approximately May 2008. I retired and immediately dumped my blackberry for the iPhone - it was after that I discovered image making with the iPhone. Eerily it reminded me of a Polaroid camera my father gave me when I was 8 years old, where I could now get instant images but with the added ability of processing and managing the image!\n\nWhat does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?\n\nFor one, and this will seem repetitive, it is always with me. With immediate access to different camera applications it gives me so many choices to capture an image. \n\nAdditionally, I use the iPhone as a ground glass for my high resolution technical camera. It keeps me from having to remove the digital back and put on a ground glass for composition. And as a bonus my iPhone has become a visual diary. \n\nDo you have an iPhoneography style? If so, how would you describe it?\n\nFairly straight ahead...with a few twists and turns. I am a firm believer in not using applications for the sake of applications. Don\'t get me wrong, I\'ve tried almost every application that is released to see what it might have to offer and I do occasionally trip on to something that works for me, in which case I will immediately add this into my workflow.\n\nIs it important to have an iPhoneography style?\n\nNot really - it is important to try and find your own authenticity and use all the tools to create those image types. When I teach i stress knowing where the medium came from and paying homage to those who came before. I believe this is important wherever your creativity lies.\n\nWhat tips could you share with budding iPhoneographers?\n\nShoot shoot shoot, play play play! To quote Malcolm Gladwell, get in your 10,000 hours learning your craft. Also make use of Facebook and other social media to study the work of others.\n\nkeep making images and learning! get involved with other iPhoneographers using the iPhone and learn from each other...also very important to learn how to manage your resolution - it is often overlooked with iPhoneographers...if you are going to print your work this becomes very important....and keeping the resolution up is not that intuitive in some cases...they put the dialog in the strangest places....','iPhoneography with Harry Sandler ','','inherit','open','open','','4741-revision-2','','','2011-08-13 18:22:23','2011-08-13 18:22:23','',4741,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4741-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(4748,16,'2011-08-13 18:23:24','2011-08-13 18:23:24','Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography\r\n\r\nI first started with Phoneography approximately May 2008. I retired and immediately dumped my blackberry for the iPhone - it was after that I discovered image making with the iPhone. Eerily it reminded me of a Polaroid camera my father gave me when I was 8 years old, where I could now get instant images but with the added ability of processing and managing the image!\r\n\r\nWhat does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?\r\n\r\nFor one, and this will seem repetitive, it is always with me. With immediate access to different camera applications it gives me so many choices to capture an image. \r\n\r\nAdditionally, I use the iPhone as a ground glass for my high resolution technical camera. It keeps me from having to remove the digital back and put on a ground glass for composition. And as a bonus my iPhone has become a visual diary. \r\n\r\nDo you have an iPhoneography style? If so, how would you describe it?\r\n\r\nFairly straight ahead...with a few twists and turns. I am a firm believer in not using applications for the sake of applications. Don\'t get me wrong, I\'ve tried almost every application that is released to see what it might have to offer and I do occasionally trip on to something that works for me, in which case I will immediately add this into my workflow.\r\n\r\nIs it important to have an iPhoneography style?\r\n\r\nNot really - it is important to try and find your own authenticity and use all the tools to create those image types. When I teach i stress knowing where the medium came from and paying homage to those who came before. I believe this is important wherever your creativity lies.\r\n\r\nWhat tips could you share with budding iPhoneographers?\r\n\r\nShoot shoot shoot, play play play! To quote Malcolm Gladwell, get in your 10,000 hours learning your craft. Also make use of Facebook and other social media to study the work of others.\r\n\r\nkeep making images and learning! Get involved with other iPhoneographers, and learn from each other. It\'s also very important to learn how to manage your resolution, as it is often overlooked with iPhoneographers. If you are going to print your work this becomes very important, and keeping the resolution up is not that intuitive in some apps...they put the dialog in the strangest places!','iPhoneography with Harry Sandler ','','inherit','open','open','','4741-revision-3','','','2011-08-13 18:23:24','2011-08-13 18:23:24','',4741,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4741-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(4749,16,'2011-08-13 18:23:32','2011-08-13 18:23:32','Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography\r\n\r\nI first started with Phoneography approximately May 2008. I retired and immediately dumped my blackberry for the iPhone - it was after that I discovered image making with the iPhone. Eerily it reminded me of a Polaroid camera my father gave me when I was 8 years old, where I could now get instant images but with the added ability of processing and managing the image!\r\n\r\nWhat does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?\r\n\r\nFor one, and this will seem repetitive, it is always with me. With immediate access to different camera applications it gives me so many choices to capture an image. \r\n\r\nAdditionally, I use the iPhone as a ground glass for my high resolution technical camera. It keeps me from having to remove the digital back and put on a ground glass for composition. And as a bonus my iPhone has become a visual diary. \r\n\r\nDo you have an iPhoneography style? If so, how would you describe it?\r\n\r\nFairly straight ahead...with a few twists and turns. I am a firm believer in not using applications for the sake of applications. Don\'t get me wrong, I\'ve tried almost every application that is released to see what it might have to offer and I do occasionally trip on to something that works for me, in which case I will immediately add this into my workflow.\r\n\r\nIs it important to have an iPhoneography style?\r\n\r\nNot really - it is important to try and find your own authenticity and use all the tools to create those image types. When I teach i stress knowing where the medium came from and paying homage to those who came before. I believe this is important wherever your creativity lies.\r\n\r\nWhat tips could you share with budding iPhoneographers?\r\n\r\nShoot shoot shoot, play play play! To quote Malcolm Gladwell, get in your 10,000 hours learning your craft. Also make use of Facebook and other social media to study the work of others.\r\n\r\nkeep making images and learning! Get involved with other iPhoneographers, and learn from each other. It\'s also very important to learn how to manage your resolution, as it is often overlooked with iPhoneographers. If you are going to print your work this becomes very important, and keeping the resolution up is not that intuitive in some apps...they put the dialog in the strangest places!','iPhoneography with Harry Sandler ','','inherit','open','open','','4741-revision-4','','','2011-08-13 18:23:32','2011-08-13 18:23:32','',4741,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4741-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(2800,16,'2011-05-17 16:10:04','2011-05-17 16:10:04','','intermediate','','inherit','open','open','','intermediate','','','2011-05-17 16:10:04','2011-05-17 16:10:04','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/intermediate.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(2802,16,'2011-05-17 16:24:53','2011-05-17 16:24:53','','gear','','inherit','open','open','','gear','','','2011-05-17 16:24:53','2011-05-17 16:24:53','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/gear.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(2807,16,'2011-05-17 16:38:23','2011-05-17 16:38:23','','online','','inherit','open','open','','online','','','2011-05-17 16:38:23','2011-05-17 16:38:23','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/online.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(2811,16,'2011-05-17 16:46:34','2011-05-17 16:46:34','','guides','','inherit','open','open','','guides-2','','','2011-05-17 16:46:34','2011-05-17 16:46:34','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/guides.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(2812,16,'2011-05-17 16:54:00','2011-05-17 16:54:00','','ebooks','','inherit','open','open','','ebooks-2','','','2011-05-17 16:54:00','2011-05-17 16:54:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/ebooks.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(2817,16,'2011-05-17 17:04:45','2011-05-17 17:04:45','','intermediate2','','inherit','open','open','','intermediate2','','','2011-05-17 17:04:45','2011-05-17 17:04:45','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/intermediate2.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4965,16,'2011-08-30 10:52:20','2011-08-30 10:52:20','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/360panorama.png\"><img title=\"360Panorama\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/360panorama.png\" width=\"466\" height=\"340\" alt=\"360Panorama\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"360Panorama\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/360Panorama-logo.png\" alt=\"360 Panorama App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nCapture 360° panoramas anytime, anywhere with the 360 PANORAMA iPhone app! Shoot 360° in the round by panning the iPhone camera across a scene, and watch as the app stitches the photos seamlessly in real-time. There\'s no need to take a bunch of photos and stitch them together manually; let 360 PANORAMA do all the work for you.</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Occipital</li>\r\n<li>Shoots and stitches panoramas in real-time</li>\r\n<li>Features gyroscopic viewfinder to view your scene in 360 degrees</li>\r\n<li>Comes with free web-based storage so users can upload and access panos online</li>\r\n<li>Shares to Facebook, Twitter, and email</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>User-friendly</li>\r\n<li>Panoramas are generated as you shoot</li>\r\n<li>Light gauge provides user with feedback regarding current lighting situation</li>\r\n<li>Rendering time is faster than other pano apps</li>\r\n<li>Quality of processed photos are generally better than what other apps offer</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Gyroscope can be difficult to manage, takes some practice</li>\r\n<li>Seams are evident when you pan around hurriedly, especially when you shoot in low lighting</li>\r\n<li>No in-app editing tools</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\n360 PANORAMA is really useful for anyone who wants to capture a scene from every angle!\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]360 PANORAMA deserves a spot in your iPhone app library for being the best panorama app on the market to date.[/tab] \r\n\r\n[/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\n360 PANORAMA is really straightforward, though it does take a bit of practice to get the hang of it. Taking panoramic photos is simple with the 360° viewfinder. To begin shooting a panorama simply launch the app, line up the horizon on the grid and tap Start. We\'ve found that you get the best results if you stand very still while slowly panning the iPhone camera around the scene. It\'s important to keep your arms as close to the same horizon and angle as possible, as the app captures your image in real-time.   \r\n\r\nOne of the most useful features of the 360 PANORAMA is the handy in-app light meter, as you shoot the app will give you prompts based on the amount of light available in the scene. There\'s no need to worry if you\'re shooting in good light, however, this little feature comes in really handy if you are shooting in a dimly lit area as seams become more visible in these conditions. This light-sensing feature is a must-have for this type of app and provides a real benefit for the user. \r\n\r\nOnce you\'ve shot the whole scene, tap Done to view the final panorama. If the finished product looks good to you, you can save it directly to your Camera Roll or share it via Facebook, Twitter, or email. There’s also an option to share an interactive pano shot so viewers can see what is around. You can also set up a free account with Occipital, where you can upload photos to the 360VERSE (where others can view your panorama using any device). It\'s a bit like seeing the world through panoramic eyes! Fun! \r\n\r\nNow one thing we would\'ve really loved to have in this app is a few editing features...it would be great to have the ability to adjust the contrast, brightness, or saturation for a bit of fine-tuning. This would also be a great time-saver so you don\'t have to launch an editing app just to tweak the image. It would have also been great had the developer packaged it with a slightly better cropping tool, since many of the final panoramas cropped in-app show smudges and halos. \r\n\r\nPutting the aforementioned gripes aside, ultimately the 360 PANORAMA is still the best panoramic iPhone app available today. The process of capturing and rendering images takes a bit longer than other apps but the quality is just better all around (get it? heh). Although panoramas made with 360 PANORAMA are not yet on-par with the professional-looking results from cameras like the Sony Digicam, the results are respectable enough and frankly great considering the size and ability of the iPhone\'s sensor. The app itself will take a bit of practice to get used to the gyroscope, but once you\'ve got the hang of it you\'ll be shooting great panoramas everywhere you go!\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for 360 Panorama\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give 360 Panorama 4 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macworld.com/appguide/app.html?id=591107&expand=false\">MacWorld</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Unfortunately, the app lacks the ability to edit the photo once it\'s been captured, leaving you with possibly uneven edges that could require further tweaking elsewhere. However, for quick and dirty panoramas, this is probably one of the best on the market.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/360-panorama-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148apps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“360 Panorama may not produce the most professional looking panoramic photos, but it is far and away the most fun panoramic photo app out there.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://smokinapps.com/app/360-panorama/review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">SmokinApps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Computer generated panoramas are still not comparable to hand made images, but with the exceptional movement tracking of the iPhone, and its quality camera, 360 Panoramic does a decent job of creating great panoramic images that can really give your viewers a sense of your location and what is around.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','360 Panorama iPhone App - Shoot Panoramas In Real Time','','inherit','open','open','','4946-revision-12','','','2011-08-30 10:52:20','2011-08-30 10:52:20','',4946,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4946-revision-12.html',0,'revision','',0),(2820,16,'2011-05-17 17:19:52','2011-05-17 17:19:52','','iphonetuts','','inherit','open','open','','iphonetuts','','','2011-05-17 17:19:52','2011-05-17 17:19:52','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/iphonetuts.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(2821,16,'2011-05-17 17:49:55','2011-05-17 17:49:55','','appreviews','','inherit','open','open','','appreviews','','','2011-05-17 17:49:55','2011-05-17 17:49:55','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/appreviews.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(2823,16,'2011-05-17 18:02:19','2011-05-17 18:02:19','','appguides','','inherit','open','open','','appguides','','','2011-05-17 18:02:19','2011-05-17 18:02:19','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/appguides.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(2825,16,'2011-05-17 18:14:32','2011-05-17 18:14:32','','accessories','','inherit','open','open','','accessories','','','2011-05-17 18:14:32','2011-05-17 18:14:32','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/accessories.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(5986,16,'2011-11-14 16:07:07','2011-11-14 16:07:07','','lockmyphotosicon','','inherit','open','open','','lockmyphotosicon','','','2011-11-14 16:07:07','2011-11-14 16:07:07','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/lockmyphotosicon.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(5985,16,'2011-11-14 15:34:49','2011-11-14 15:34:49','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><img width=\"466\" height=\"340\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/dramaticblackwhite.jpg\" title=\"Dramatic Black & White App\" alt=\"Get Dramatic Photos with Dramatic Black & White iPhone App\"></td>\n<td><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/dbwlogo.png\" alt=\"Dramatic Black & White App Icon\" />\n\nNeed a quick and easy way to keep your private photos away from prying eyes? Lock My Photos has the answer!</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by Zero Cool</li>\n<li>Take private photos within the app</li>\n<li>Normal and Decoy modes</li>\n<li>Create custom albums</li>\n<li>Easy interface</li>\n<li>Costs $.99</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Simple, easy layout</li>\n<li>Create your own albums</li>\n<li>Multi-gesture support, pinch & zoom, swipe</li>\n<li>Copy and past photos from other apps</li>\n<li>Fully customizable slideshows</li>\n<li>Decoy mode gives double protection</li>\n<li>Import and export photos to and from other devices</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>No automatic delete from camera roll</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\n\nThis easy-to-use photo protection app is great for keeping private photos safe and secure. \n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]Lock My Photos will keep all of your personal and private photos safe and secure. A great way to ensure kids, colleagues, or other prying eyes don\'t see anything they shouldn\'t![/tab] \n\n[/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\nDramatic Black & White iPhone app is arguably one of the best Black & White editors available in the app store today. It does exactly what it says on the tin: creates dramatic black & white photos (taken within the app or from your iPhone camera roll). Simply open the app and tap Get Photo to start editing. It\'s simple and we like it that way. Normally, we praise an app for having more options, more effects, more features but in this case it\'s the simplicity of the Dramatic Black & White app that does it for us. \n\nIt comes with around 30 effects, a relatively small selection compared to other editing apps but that doesn\'t really bother us here as all of the effects are really high-quality. You can choose between Black & White, Infrared, and Dramatic Black & White styles and from there you can fine tune your photos with adjustments like tone and sharpen, brightness, and contrast. You can even add filters and grain, or adjust the strength of the black & white effect. But it must be said, the coolest feature here is the ability to move the effect focal point around the image to enhance the subject. It\'s amazing what a difference just shifting the effect focal point makes...a real feat for the JixiPix developers. Hats off to you there. \n\nFinally we\'ve got to mention the ability to save your own favorite presets within the app, a must-have for anyone doing a lot of photo editing! Who has time to write down their favorite combinations? Not us, that\'s for sure. \n\nIt\'s worth noting that rendering may take a bit longer than you would like - especially if you\'re using an iPhone 4. There is also the issue of sharing, this app needs some better sharing options that\'s for sure. At present, you can only share through Facebook and email but we\'re willing to bet this is something that the developers will address in a future update as multiple sharing platforms seem to be standard issue these days. \n\nWith so few complaints, if you\'re looking for dramatic black & white photos then the Dramatic Black & White iPhone app is the way to go. \n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Dramatic Black & White\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Dramatic Black & White 4 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>','Lock My Photos ','','inherit','open','open','','5984-revision','','','2011-11-14 15:34:49','2011-11-14 15:34:49','',5984,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5984-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(2831,16,'2011-05-18 10:36:53','2011-05-18 10:36:53','','emin','','inherit','open','open','','emin','','','2011-05-18 10:36:53','2011-05-18 10:36:53','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/emin.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(2830,16,'2011-05-18 10:18:03','2011-05-18 10:18:03','','aud','','inherit','open','open','','audfinal','','','2011-05-18 10:18:03','2011-05-18 10:18:03','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/audfinal.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(2832,16,'2011-05-18 10:36:54','2011-05-18 10:36:54','','guy','','inherit','open','open','','guy','','','2011-05-18 10:36:54','2011-05-18 10:36:54','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/guy.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(2833,16,'2011-05-18 10:36:56','2011-05-18 10:36:56','','kristine','','inherit','open','open','','kristine','','','2011-05-18 10:36:56','2011-05-18 10:36:56','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/kristine.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(2834,16,'2011-05-18 10:36:58','2011-05-18 10:36:58','','rebecca','','inherit','open','open','','rebecca','','','2011-05-18 10:36:58','2011-05-18 10:36:58','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/rebecca.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(5446,16,'2011-09-30 08:00:42','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','Want to keep tabs on your home while on vacation? Want to do it all from your #iPhone? Yeah we thought so.  http://tinyurl.com/3ohybob','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-09-30 08:00:42','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=5446',0,'tweet','',0),(5447,5,'2011-09-30 08:04:37','2011-09-30 08:04:37','You might have guessed that we\'re gadget geeks around here...and we like stuff that we can control with our iPhone, and that\'s image related! This new little gadget ticks all of the boxes. That\'s right folks, you can get yourself an iPhone controlled home security camera. But it\'s not just iPhone controlled, this little beauty can be controlled from any iDevice! *dancing a little geek shuffle around the room* The iZON Remote Room Monitor, recently released by Stem Innovation is touted to be an innovative and elegant video camera that enables you to view and listen to activity in your home or office from anywhere in the world on you iPod Touch, iPhone, or iPad. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"450\" height=\"372\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izon1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\nWhat\'s really great about this little device is it\'s simplicity, it\'s essentially a plug-and-play device, and a reasonably priced one at that. Use the camera to keep tabs on any room in your house while you\'re away on vacation, or you could even use it as a baby monitor! This crafty little gadget uses a secure encryption to stream video and audio through your wi-fi network. You can even set up multiple iZON cameras on one network and view them all through an in-app list. Better than that if you\'ve got a few locations you want to keep tabs on you can set up multiple iZON networks and view them from the app. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"450\" height=\"337\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izon2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\nSold? You can pick one up for just $129.99. For now it\'s only available through <a href=\"http://steminnovation.com/section/iZON/24/\" title=\"iZON by Stem Innovation\">steminnovation.com</a> - this is not an affiliate link and we have no vested interest in promoting Stem Innovationand selected Best Buy stores in the United States, but it will be coming to an Apple store or a Target store near you early 2012. \n\n ','iPhone Controlled Home Security Camera','','inherit','open','open','','5342-autosave','','','2011-09-30 08:04:37','2011-09-30 08:04:37','',5342,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5342-autosave.html',0,'revision','',0),(5448,5,'2011-09-21 15:45:28','2011-09-21 15:45:28','You might have guessed that we\'re gadget geeks around here...and we like stuff that we can control with our iPhone, and this new little gadget ticks all of the boxes. That\'s right folks, you can get yourself an iPhone controlled home security camera. But it\'s not just iPhone controlled, this little beauty can be controlled from any iDevice! *dancing a little geek shuffle around the room* The iZON Remote Room Monitor, recently released by Stem Innovation is touted to be an innovative and elegant video camera that enables you to view and listen to activity in your home or office from anywhere in the world on you iPod Touch, iPhone, or iPad. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"450\" height=\"372\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izon1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nWhat\'s really great about this little device is it\'s simplicity, it\'s essentially a plug-and-play device, and a reasonably priced one at that. Use the camera to keep tabs on any room in your house while you\'re away on vacation, or you could even use it as a baby monitor! This crafty little gadget uses a secure encryption to stream video and audio through your wi-fi network. You can even set up multiple iZON cameras on one network and view them all through an in-app list. Better than that if you\'ve got a few locations you want to keep tabs on you can set up multiple iZON networks and view them from the app. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"450\" height=\"337\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izon2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSold? You can pick one up for just $129.99. For now it\'s only available through <a href=\"http://steminnovation.com/section/iZON/24/\" title=\"iZON by Stem Innovation\">steminnovation.com</a> and selected Best Buy stores in the United States, but it will be coming to an Apple store or a Target store near you early 2012. \r\n\r\n ','iPhone Controlled Home Security Camera','','inherit','open','open','','5342-revision-6','','','2011-09-21 15:45:28','2011-09-21 15:45:28','',5342,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5342-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(5449,5,'2011-09-30 08:05:03','2011-09-30 08:05:03','You might have guessed that we\'re gadget geeks around here...and we like stuff that we can control with our iPhone, and that\'s image related! This new little gadget ticks all of the boxes. That\'s right folks, you can get yourself an iPhone controlled home security camera. But it\'s not just iPhone controlled, this little beauty can be controlled from any iDevice! *dancing a little geek shuffle around the room* The iZON Remote Room Monitor, recently released by Stem Innovation is touted to be an innovative and elegant video camera that enables you to view and listen to activity in your home or office from anywhere in the world on you iPod Touch, iPhone, or iPad. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"450\" height=\"372\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izon1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nWhat\'s really great about this little device is it\'s simplicity, it\'s essentially a plug-and-play device, and a reasonably priced one at that. Use the camera to keep tabs on any room in your house while you\'re away on vacation, or you could even use it as a baby monitor! This crafty little gadget uses a secure encryption to stream video and audio through your wi-fi network. You can even set up multiple iZON cameras on one network and view them all through an in-app list. Better than that if you\'ve got a few locations you want to keep tabs on you can set up multiple iZON networks and view them from the app. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"450\" height=\"337\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/izon2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSold? You can pick one up for just $129.99. For now it\'s only available through <a href=\"http://steminnovation.com/section/iZON/24/\" title=\"iZON by Stem Innovation\">steminnovation.com</a> - this is not an affiliate link and we have no vested interest in promoting Stem Innovation, we just like that product - and selected Best Buy stores in the United States, but it will be coming to an Apple store or a Target store near you early 2012. \r\n\r\n ','iPhone Controlled Home Security Camera','','inherit','open','open','','5342-revision-7','','','2011-09-30 08:05:03','2011-09-30 08:05:03','',5342,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5342-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(5954,16,'2011-11-09 15:34:17','2011-11-09 15:34:17','Let’s face it, most people feel (just about) the same way about their pets as they do their kids. OK that might be a little teeny tiny bit of an exaggeration…but there is no doubt that pets are like another family member. That said pets are almost equally as difficult to catch on camera as kids are, so if you think about it you could probably use the forthcoming pet photography tips to get great photos of your kids too…but…I digress, as today we’re talking about pet photography. \r\n\r\n<a title=\"Puppy, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/blackbodies/5707680584/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"367\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/puppy1.jpg\"]</a>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Puppy</em>\r\nPhoto by Blackbodies<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nAs an amateur photographer, it’s easy to find yourself taking lots and lots of photos of your pets in the hopes that one or two turn out. But today we’re talking about some practical ways to make sure you get those cute little critters before they zip off, or lick the lens. \r\n\r\n<h4>Increase The Shutter Speed</h4>\r\n\r\nFirst off, pets are quick…they wriggle and they wiggle and for the most part will not sit still long enough for you to press the shutter button, let alone get a good shot. (I can’t help but return to the thought…the more I write the more applicable this post becomes for kid photography too). So to capture all the action, and ensure you don’t get several shots of Fido’s tail as he sneaks off-camera, you need to increase your shutter speed. If you’re using a DSLR, try putting the camera into shutter priority and bumping it right up. \r\n\r\n<a title=\"Puppy, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/blackbodies/5707680584/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/kitten2.jpg\"]</a>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Puppy</em>\r\nPhoto by Blackbodies<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nBy doing so, you may also need to let a little bit more light into the camera; as the shutter speed increases the amount of light getting to the lens decreases. So to add light you can do a few things:\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Physically move to a location with more light. Move to a window with natural light or go outside (depending on the pet).</li>\r\n<li>Bump up your ISO. Don’t go too high here as you don’t want to add unnecessary noise to the image, but you can still get good crisp photos working with an ISO of 400, and perhaps a little bit higher. </li>\r\n<li>Add a light source such as a lamp or an ambient light. Try to avoid using a flash, unless you plan to bounce it, but even then you risk spooking your pet with the quick pulse of light.\r\n</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n	\r\n<h4>Think About The Background</h4> \r\n\r\nJust as you would when taking photos of people, you want to work with a nice background and environment.  Set up a nice place for your pet to sit, or try and catch them as they’re sitting on the couch (when they shouldn’t be). A candid shot of your pet in their home environment is always fun…and if they’re already comfortable you won’t have to do too much “coaxing”. \r\n\r\n<a title=\"Kitten, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/andrewtallon/4950395769/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"367\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/kitten1.jpg\"]</a>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Kitten</em>\r\nPhoto by Andrew Tallon<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Change The Angle</h4> \r\n\r\nPets are generally much smaller than humans, so inevitably most shots end up as owners looking down at their pets. This can be a great way to get a cute shot of your pet looking up longingly at your, or perhaps looking guilty…you know what I mean! But it’s also a good idea to change your angle and get a different view, a straight-on photo looking right into your pets eye will change the entire dynamic of the photo. \r\n\r\n<h4>Bribery</h4>\r\n\r\nYou knew this one was coming…if you really want your pet to cooperate; a hefty stash of treats will usually get the job done.  \r\n\r\n<a title=\"Puppy Love, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/jenn_vela/3206785629/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"375\" height=\"500\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/puppy2.jpg\"]</a>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Puppy Love</em>\r\nPhoto by Hella Vella<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n','Pet Photography Tips ','','inherit','open','open','','5935-revision-8','','','2011-11-09 15:34:17','2011-11-09 15:34:17','',5935,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5935-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(5955,16,'2011-11-09 14:20:44','2011-11-09 14:20:44','So we saw this little tidbit of information floating around the techy Internet, naturally we had to share it with you given we have been hoping this would come onto the market soon! Imagine this scenario...you\'re on holiday with your whole family and you want to take a family photo with your iPhone, but it doesn\'t feel right to hand your iPhone to a stranger to ask them to take the photo. \r\n\r\nSure, we\'ve done this with our cameras for years, but lets face it that is equally worrysome, as some people are just as likely to run off with your camera...but for some reason we\'re still willing to ask. But what if you could set up your iPhone on a tripod or an iPhone stand and release the shutter from a teeny tiny handheld remote control?\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"303\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/Screen-Shot-2011-11-09-at-13.59.33.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>  \r\n\r\nEnter the Belkin iPhone Camera Remote Control...come the end of this year (TBC) you will be able to do just that, and you\'ll also be able to control the recording when shooting video. How cool is that? \r\n\r\nPersonally, we think this will be a great stocking stuffer for iPhoneography types! We\'ve already put it on our list.  ','iPhone Camera Remote Control...Yes Please! ','','inherit','open','open','','5938-revision-4','','','2011-11-09 14:20:44','2011-11-09 14:20:44','',5938,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5938-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(4962,16,'2011-08-30 07:28:50','2011-08-30 07:28:50','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Swankolab.png\"><img title=\"SwankoLab\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Swankolab.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"SwankoLab\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"SwankoLab\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Swankolab-Logo.png\" alt=\"SwankoLab App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nSwankoLab, brought to you by the same folks who created Hipstamatic, takes us back into the era of pre-digital photography. Develop your photos in a virtual darkroom by \"mixing\" chemicals and creating your own developer recipes. It\'s fun and functional at the same time...doesn\'t get better than that! Or does it? \r\n\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Synthetic Infatuation (also known for Hipstamatic)</li>\r\n<li>Eight photo-altering \"chemicals\" come free with the app</li>\r\n<li>Purchase other chemicals at Uncle Stu’s Photo Emporium (in-app)</li>\r\n<li>Create and save your own formulas</li>\r\n<li>Retina display support</li>\r\n<li>Share photos via email and Facebook</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Stylish interface</li>\r\n<li>Good set of preloaded formulas</li>\r\n<li>Formulas can be saved for future reuse</li>\r\n<li>Nicely processed images</li>\r\n<li>Brings the experience of developing photos in a darkroom</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Mixing chemicals may turn off the impatient users</li>\r\n<li>User has to wait  for seconds while the app is processing the photo</li>\r\n<li>No way to fine-tune or preview the final result</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√  Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nSwankoLab is a great app for beginners - or anyone who has the time (and patience) to experiment with different effects in a virtual darkroom setting. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]A virtual darkroom on your pocket, SwankoLab provides a unique and fun way of developing (editing) your photos. The game-like element is great, but it\'s worth mentioning that the novelty factor may wear off given a few frustrating limitations. Also it\'s worth mentioning you\'ll need a fairly hefty dose of patience if you want to use this app for any length of time.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nSwankoLab is a harkening to the old-school days where photographers spent many a long hour developing their photos in a darkroom...the app is a virtual darkroom on your iPhone. SwankoLab lets you “develop” your photos by selecting from the preloaded formulas or by creating your own mix of virtual chemicals to create unique filters and effects.\r\n\r\nSwankoLab uses the photos you\'ve already taken with the native camera app (or other shooting apps). You begin your darkroom session by choosing a photo from the camera roll or another album, and then mixing up a batch of \"chemicals\". You\'ve got control over how much or how little of the chemical you add to your developing tray, and you also have the ability to layer chemicals to achieve whatever look you\'re going for. When you create a mix you like, just save the formula to the formula book so you can use it again in the future. \r\n\r\nSwankoLab also has a set of pre-loaded formulas to use, and if you want to add a few more chemicals to your collection you can shop through the in-app chemical store \"Uncle Stu’s Photo Emporium\". What\'s great about Uncle Stu\'s Photo Emporium is the option to sign up for a lifetime of updates...for just a couple of bucks you can get all of the chemicals plus you\'ll receive new chemicals as they are released...definitely a more economical way to get a full shelf of chemicals. \r\n\r\nTargeted towards the adventurous and creative iPhoneographer, SwankoLab is definitely unique. As far as a creative, interactive, game-like interface goes it smashes the competition every time. It certainly gets a gold star for novelty factor. More importantly though, the app produces really great photos, with high-quality effects on par with that of it\'s sister app Hipstamatic. If you\'re looking for an app that produces Hipstamatic-type effects without having to shoot in Hipstamatic, SwankoLab is for you. \r\n\r\nNow, there are a few limitations here which you should be aware of before you buy. Because the app tries to mimic a true darkroom, the process of developing photos is certainly more tedious than other photo-editing apps. It is definitely a matter of trial-and-error as you process chemical formulas. You will need to invest quite a bit of time before you figure out what combinations you like the best. As if you were in a real darkroom, there is no way for you to preview or fine-tune the photo. If you get it wrong, it\'s a matter of trashing it and starting over again. \r\n\r\nIt also takes (quite a long) time for the app to “develop” the photo. If you\'re looking for a quick-fix edit, you will need to go elsewhere. Just keep reminding yourself \"Good things come to those who wait...\" Our last little grips is the lack of sharing platforms, at present you can only share SwankoLab photos through Facebook; we would love to see at least Flickr and Twitter in the next update. \r\n\r\nDespite it’s shortcomings, app-addicts will surely appreciate the game-like feel, as the interface is totally different from other editing suites on the market. So with all that said, SwankoLab is a swanky (pun intended) app that produces high-quality effects, IF you\'ve got the time to play. Beware of the limitations before you buy. The nostalgic experience is fun and quirky, but it may not be for everyone...\r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"3.5 Flash Rating for SwankoLab App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/3.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give SwankoLab App 3.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appmodo.com/17681/swankolab-review-for-iphone-and-ipod-touch/\">AppModo</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“SwankoLab comes highly recommended to photography fans everywhere. Not only is it a fun application to use, it also produces amazing results.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/swankolab-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148Apps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“A gorgeous virtual darkroom in your pocket from the guys behind Hipstamatic. Could there be anything wrong with this picture?”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macworld.com/appguide/app.html?id=496664&expand=false\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">MacWorld</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“SwankoLab is not just about having fun mixing chemicals and getting your darkroom fix vicariously through Uncle Stu, however. The results produced by the app can be stunning.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','SwankoLab – A Darkroom For Your iPhone','','inherit','open','open','','4627-revision-10','','','2011-08-30 07:28:50','2011-08-30 07:28:50','',4627,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4627-revision-10.html',0,'revision','',0),(4961,16,'2011-08-30 10:51:06','2011-08-30 10:51:06','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/360panorama.png\"><img title=\"360Panorama\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/360panorama.png\" width=\"466\" height=\"340\" alt=\"360Panorama\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"360Panorama\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/360Panorama-logo.png\" alt=\"360 Panorama App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nCapture 360° panoramas anytime, anywhere with the 360 PANORAMA iPhone app! Shoot 360° in the round by panning the iPhone camera across a scene, and watch as the app stitches the photos seamlessly in real-time. There\'s no need to take a bunch of photos and stitch them together manually; let 360 PANORAMA do all the work for you.</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Occipital</li>\r\n<li>Shoots and stitches panoramas in real-time</li>\r\n<li>Features gyroscopic viewfinder to view your scene in 360 degrees</li>\r\n<li>Comes with free web-based storage so users can upload and access panos online</li>\r\n<li>Shares to Facebook, Twitter, and email</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>User-friendly</li>\r\n<li>Panoramas are generated as you shoot</li>\r\n<li>Light gauge provides user with feedback regarding current lighting situation</li>\r\n<li>Rendering time is faster than other pano apps</li>\r\n<li>Quality of processed photos are generally better than what other apps offer</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Gyroscope can be difficult to manage, takes some practice</li>\r\n<li>Seams are evident when you pan around hurriedly, especially when you shoot in low lighting</li>\r\n<li>No in-app editing tools</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\n360 PANORAMA is really useful for anyone who wants to capture a scene from every angle!\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]360 PANORAMA deserves a spot in your iPhone app library for being the best panorama app on the market to date.[/tab] \r\n\r\n[/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\n360 PANORAMA is really straightforward, though it does take a bit of practice to get the hang of it. Taking panoramic photos is simple with the 360° viewfinder. To begin shooting a panorama simply launch the app, line up the horizon on the grid and tap Start. We\'ve found that you get the best results if you stand very still while slowly panning the iPhone camera around the scene. It\'s important to keep your arms as close to the same horizon and angle as possible, as the app captures your image in real-time.   \r\n\r\nOne of the most useful features of the 360 PANORAMA is the handy in-app light meter, as you shoot the app will give you prompts based on the amount of light available in the scene. There\'s no need to worry if you\'re shooting in good light, however, this little feature comes in really handy if you are shooting in a dimly lit area as seams become more visible in these conditions. This light-sensing feature is a must-have for this type of app and provides a real benefit for the user. \r\n\r\nOnce you\'ve shot the whole scene, tap Done to view the final panorama. If the finished product looks good to you, you can save it directly to your Camera Roll or share it via Facebook, Twitter, or email. There’s also an option to share an interactive pano shot so viewers can see what is around. You can also set up a free account with Occipital, where you can upload photos to the 360VERSE (where others can view your panorama using any device). It\'s a bit like seeing the world through panoramic eyes! Fun! \r\n\r\nNow one thing we would\'ve really loved to have in this app is a few editing features...it would be great to have the ability to adjust the contrast, brightness, or saturation for a bit of fine-tuning. This would also be a great time-saver so you don\'t have to launch an editing app just to tweak the image. It would have also been great had the developer packaged it with a slightly better cropping tool, since many of the final panoramas cropped in-app show smudges and halos. \r\n\r\nPutting the aforementioned gripes aside, ultimately the 360 PANORAMA is still the best panoramic iPhone app available today. The process of capturing and rendering images takes a bit longer than other apps but the quality is just better all around (get it? heh). Although panoramas made with 360 PANORAMA are not yet on-par with the professional-looking results from cameras like the Sony Digicam, the results are respectable enough and frankly great considering the size and ability of the iPhone\'s sensor. The app itself will take a bit of practice to get used to the gyroscope, but once you\'ve got the hang of it you\'ll be shooting great panoramas everywhere you go!\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for 360 Panorama\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give 360 Panorama 4 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macworld.com/appguide/app.html?id=591107&expand=false\">MacWorld</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Unfortunately, the app lacks the ability to edit the photo once it\'s been captured, leaving you with possibly uneven edges that could require further tweaking elsewhere. However, for quick and dirty panoramas, this is probably one of the best on the market.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/360-panorama-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148apps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“360 Panorama may not produce the most professional looking panoramic photos, but it is far and away the most fun panoramic photo app out there.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://smokinapps.com/app/360-panorama/review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">SmokinApps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Computer generated panoramas are still not comparable to hand made images, but with the exceptional movement tracking of the iPhone, and its quality camera, 360 Panoramic does a decent job of creating great panoramic images that can really give your viewers a sense of your location and what is around.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','360 Panorama iPhone App - Shoot Panoramas In Real Time','','inherit','open','open','','4946-revision-11','','','2011-08-30 10:51:06','2011-08-30 10:51:06','',4946,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4946-revision-11.html',0,'revision','',0),(4966,16,'2011-08-30 11:44:26','2011-08-30 11:44:26','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Swankolab.png\"><img title=\"SwankoLab\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Swankolab.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"SwankoLab\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"SwankoLab\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Swankolab-Logo.png\" alt=\"SwankoLab App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nSwankoLab, brought to you by the same folks who created Hipstamatic, takes us back into the era of pre-digital photography. Develop your photos in a virtual darkroom by \"mixing\" chemicals and creating your own developer recipes. It\'s fun and functional at the same time...doesn\'t get better than that! Or does it? \r\n\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Synthetic Infatuation (also known for Hipstamatic)</li>\r\n<li>Eight photo-altering \"chemicals\" come free with the app</li>\r\n<li>Purchase other chemicals at Uncle Stu’s Photo Emporium (in-app)</li>\r\n<li>Create and save your own formulas</li>\r\n<li>Retina display support</li>\r\n<li>Share photos via email and Facebook</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Stylish interface</li>\r\n<li>Good set of preloaded formulas</li>\r\n<li>Formulas can be saved for future reuse</li>\r\n<li>Nicely processed images</li>\r\n<li>Brings the experience of developing photos in a darkroom</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Mixing chemicals may turn off the impatient users</li>\r\n<li>User has to wait  for seconds while the app is processing the photo</li>\r\n<li>No way to fine-tune or preview the final result</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√  Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nSwankoLab is a great app for beginners - or anyone who has the time (and patience) to experiment with different effects in a virtual darkroom setting. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]A virtual darkroom on your pocket, SwankoLab provides a unique and fun way of developing (editing) your photos. The game-like element is great, but it\'s worth mentioning that the novelty factor may wear off given a few frustrating limitations. Also it\'s worth mentioning you\'ll need a fairly hefty dose of patience if you want to use this app for any length of time.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nSwankoLab is a harkening to the old-school days where photographers spent many a long hour developing their photos in a darkroom...the app is a virtual darkroom on your iPhone. SwankoLab lets you “develop” your photos by selecting from the preloaded formulas or by creating your own mix of virtual chemicals to create unique filters and effects.\r\n\r\nSwankoLab uses the photos you\'ve already taken with the native camera app (or other shooting apps). You begin your darkroom session by choosing a photo from the camera roll or another album, and then mixing up a batch of \"chemicals\". You\'ve got control over how much or how little of the chemical you add to your developing tray, and you also have the ability to layer chemicals to achieve whatever look you\'re going for. When you create a mix you like, just save the formula to the formula book so you can use it again in the future. \r\n\r\nSwankoLab also has a set of pre-loaded formulas to use, and if you want to add a few more chemicals to your collection you can shop through the in-app chemical store \"Uncle Stu’s Photo Emporium\". What\'s great about Uncle Stu\'s Photo Emporium is the option to sign up for a lifetime of updates...for just a couple of bucks you can get all of the chemicals plus you\'ll receive new chemicals as they are released...definitely a more economical way to get a full shelf of chemicals. \r\n\r\nTargeted towards the adventurous and creative iPhoneographer, SwankoLab is definitely unique. As far as a creative, interactive, game-like interface goes it smashes the competition every time. It certainly gets a gold star for novelty factor. More importantly though, the app produces really great photos, with high-quality effects on par with that of it\'s sister app Hipstamatic. If you\'re looking for an app that produces Hipstamatic-type effects without having to shoot in Hipstamatic, SwankoLab is for you. \r\n\r\nNow, there are a few limitations here which you should be aware of before you buy. Because the app tries to mimic a true darkroom, the process of developing photos is certainly more tedious than other photo-editing apps. It is definitely a matter of trial-and-error as you process chemical formulas. You will need to invest quite a bit of time before you figure out what combinations you like the best. As if you were in a real darkroom, there is no way for you to preview or fine-tune the photo. If you get it wrong, it\'s a matter of trashing it and starting over again. \r\n\r\nIt also takes (quite a long) time for the app to “develop” the photo. If you\'re looking for a quick-fix edit, you will need to go elsewhere. Just keep reminding yourself \"Good things come to those who wait...\" Our last little gripe is the lack of sharing platforms, at present you can only share SwankoLab photos through Facebook; we would love to see at least Flickr and Twitter in the next update. \r\n\r\nDespite it’s shortcomings, app-addicts will surely appreciate the game-like feel, as the interface is totally different from other editing suites on the market. So with all that said, SwankoLab is a swanky (pun intended) app that produces high-quality effects, IF you\'ve got the time to play. Beware of the limitations before you buy. The nostalgic experience is fun and quirky, but it may not be for everyone...\r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"3.5 Flash Rating for SwankoLab App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/3.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give SwankoLab App 3.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appmodo.com/17681/swankolab-review-for-iphone-and-ipod-touch/\">AppModo</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“SwankoLab comes highly recommended to photography fans everywhere. Not only is it a fun application to use, it also produces amazing results.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/swankolab-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148Apps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“A gorgeous virtual darkroom in your pocket from the guys behind Hipstamatic. Could there be anything wrong with this picture?”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macworld.com/appguide/app.html?id=496664&expand=false\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">MacWorld</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“SwankoLab is not just about having fun mixing chemicals and getting your darkroom fix vicariously through Uncle Stu, however. The results produced by the app can be stunning.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','SwankoLab – A Darkroom For Your iPhone','','inherit','open','open','','4627-revision-11','','','2011-08-30 11:44:26','2011-08-30 11:44:26','',4627,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4627-revision-11.html',0,'revision','',0),(4960,16,'2011-08-30 10:22:29','2011-08-30 10:22:29','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/360panorama.png\"><img title=\"360Panorama\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/360panorama.png\" width=\"466\" height=\"340\" alt=\"360Panorama\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"360Panorama\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/360Panorama-logo.png\" alt=\"360 Panorama App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nCapture 360° panoramas anytime, anywhere with the 360 PANORAMA iPhone app! Shoot 360° in the round by panning the iPhone camera across a scene, and watch as the app stitches the photos seamlessly in real-time. There\'s no need to take a bunch of photos and stitch them together manually; let 360 PANORAMA do all the work for you.</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Occipital</li>\r\n<li>Shoots and stitches panoramas in real-time</li>\r\n<li>Features gyroscopic viewfinder to view your scene in 360 degrees</li>\r\n<li>Comes with free web-based storage so users can upload and access panos online</li>\r\n<li>Shares to Facebook, Twitter, and email</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>User-friendly</li>\r\n<li>Panoramas are generated as you shoot</li>\r\n<li>Light gauge provides user with feedback regarding current lighting situation</li>\r\n<li>Rendering time is faster than other pano apps</li>\r\n<li>Quality of processed photos are generally better than what other apps offer</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Gyroscope can be difficult to manage, takes some practice</li>\r\n<li>Seams are evident when you pan around hurriedly, especially when you shoot in low lighting</li>\r\n<li>No in-app editing tools</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\n360 PANORAMA is really useful for anyone who wants to capture a scene from every angle!\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]360 PANORAMA deserves a spot in your iPhone app library for being the best panorama app on the market to date.[/tab] \r\n\r\n[/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\n360 PANORAMA is really straightforward, though it does take a bit of practice to get the hang of it. Taking panoramic photos is simple with the 360° viewfinder. To begin shooting a panorama simply launch the app, line up the horizon on the grid and tap Start. We\'ve found that you get the best results if you stand very still while slowly panning the iPhone camera around the scene. It\'s important to keep your arms as close to the same horizon and angle as possible, as the app captures your image in real-time.   \r\n\r\nOne of the most useful features of the 360 PANORAMA is the handy in-app light meter, as you shoot the app will give you prompts based on the amount of light available in the scene. There\'s no need to worry if you\'re shooting in good light, however, this little feature comes in really handy if you are shooting in a dimly lit area as seams become more visible in these conditions. This light-sensing feature is a must-have for this type of app and provides a real benefit for the user. \r\n\r\nOnce you\'ve shot the whole scene, tap Done to view the final panorama. If the finished product looks good to you, you can save it directly to your Camera Roll or share it via Facebook, Twitter, or email. There’s also an option to share an interactive pano shot so viewers can see what is around. You can also set up a free account with Occipital, where you can upload photos to the 360VERSE (where others can view your panorama using any device). It\'s a bit like seeing the world through panoramic eyes! Fun! \r\n\r\nNow one thing we would\'ve really loved to have in this app is a few editing features...it would be great to have the ability to adjust the contrast, brightness, or saturation for a bit of fine-tuning. This would also be a great time-saver so you don\'t have to launch an editing app just to tweak the image. It would have also been great had the developer packaged it with a slightly better cropping tool, since many of the final panoramas cropped in-app show smudges and halos. \r\n\r\nPutting the aforementioned gripes aside, ultimately the 360 PANORAMA is still the best panoramic iPhone app available today. The process of capturing and rendering images takes a bit longer than other apps but the quality is just better all around (get it? heh). Although panoramas made with 360 PANORAMA are not yet on-par with the professional-looking results from cameras like the Sony Digicam, the results are respectable enough and frankly great considering the size and ability of the iPhone\'s sensor. The app itself will take a bit of practice to get used to the gyroscope, but once you\'ve got the hang of it you\'ll be shooting great panoramas everywhere you go!\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for 360 Panorama\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give 360 Panorama 4 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macworld.com/appguide/app.html?id=591107&expand=false\">MacWorld</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Unfortunately, the app lacks the ability to edit the photo once it\'s been captured, leaving you with possibly uneven edges that could require further tweaking elsewhere. However, for quick and dirty panoramas, this is probably one of the best on the market.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/360-panorama-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148apps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“360 Panorama may not produce the most professional looking panoramic photos, but it is far and away the most fun panoramic photo app out there.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://smokinapps.com/app/360-panorama/review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">SmokinApps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Computer generated panoramas are still not comparable to hand made images, but with the exceptional movement tracking of the iPhone, and its quality camera, 360 Panoramic does a decent job of creating great panoramic images that can really give your viewers a sense of your location and what is around.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','360 Panorama iPhone App - Shoot Panoramas In Real Time','','inherit','open','open','','4946-revision-10','','','2011-08-30 10:22:29','2011-08-30 10:22:29','',4946,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4946-revision-10.html',0,'revision','',0),(4958,16,'2011-08-30 10:20:56','2011-08-30 10:20:56','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/360panorama.png\"><img title=\"360Panorama\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/360panorama.png\" width=\"466\" height=\"340\" alt=\"360Panorama\"></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"360Panorama\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/360Panorama-logo.png\" alt=\"360 Panorama App Logo\" />\n\nCapture 360° panoramas anytime, anywhere with the 360 PANORAMA iPhone app! Shoot 360° in the round by panning the iPhone camera across a scene, and watch as the app stitches the photos seamlessly in real-time. There\'s no need to take a bunch of photos and stitch them together manually; let 360 PANORAMA do all the work for you.</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by Occipital</li>\n<li>Shoots and stitches panoramas in real-time</li>\n<li>Features gyroscopic viewfinder to view your scene in 360 degrees</li>\n<li>Comes with free web-based storage so users can upload and access panos online</li>\n<li>Shares to Facebook, Twitter, and email</li>\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>User-friendly</li>\n<li>Panoramas are generated as you shoot</li>\n<li>Light gauge provides user with feedback regarding current lighting situation</li>\n<li>Rendering time is faster than other pano apps</li>\n<li>Quality of processed photos are generally better than what other apps offer</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Gyroscope can be difficult to manage, takes some practice</li>\n<li>Seams are evident when you pan around hurriedly, especially when you shoot in low lighting</li>\n<li>No in-app editing tools</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\n\n360 PANORAMA is really useful for anyone who wants to capture a scene from every angle!\n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]360 PANORAMA deserves a spot in your iPhone app library for being the best panorama app on the market to date.[/tab] \n\n[/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\n360 PANORAMA is really straightforward, though it does take a bit of practice to get the hang of it. Taking panoramic photos is simple with the 360° viewfinder. To begin shooting a panorama simply launch the app, line up the horizon on the grid and tap Start. We\'ve found that you get the best results if you stand very still while slowly panning the iPhone camera around the scene. It\'s important to keep your arms as close to the same horizon and angle as possible, as the app captures your image in real-time.   \n\nOne of the most useful features of the 360 PANORAMA is the handy in-app light meter, as you shoot the app will give you prompts based on the amount of light available in the scene. There\'s no need to worry if you\'re shooting in good light, however, this little feature comes in really handy if you are shooting in a dimly lit area as seams become more visible in these conditions. This light-sensing feature is a must-have for this type of app and provides a real benefit for the user. \n\nOnce you\'ve shot the whole scene, tap Done to view the final panorama. If the finished product looks good to you, you can save it directly to your Camera Roll or share it via Facebook, Twitter, or email. There’s also an option to share an interactive pano shot so viewers can see what is around. You can also set up a free account with Occipital, where you can upload photos to the 360VERSE (where others can view your panorama using any device). It\'s a bit like seeing the world through panoramic eyes! Fun! \n\nNow one thing we would\'ve really loved to have in this app is a few editing features...it would be great to have the ability to adjust the contrast, brightness, or saturation for a bit of fine-tuning. This would also be a great time-saver so you don\'t have to launch an editing app just to tweak the image. It would have also been great had the developer packaged it with a slightly better cropping tool, since many of the final panoramas cropped in-app show smudges and halos. \n\nPutting the aforementioned gripes aside, ultimately the 360 PANORAMA is still the best panoramic iPhone app available today. The process of capturing and rendering images takes a bit longer than other apps but the quality is just better all around (get it? heh). Although panoramas made with 360 PANORAMA are not yet on-par with the professional-looking results from cameras like the Sony Digicam, the results are respectable enough and frankly great considering the size and ability of the iPhone\'s sensor. The app itself will take a bit of practice to get used to the gyroscope, but once you\'ve got the hang of it you\'ll be requires a lot of getting used to but if you can master how to use it, then you will be awarded with stunning panoramas. \n\n\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for 360 Panorama\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give 360 Panorama 4 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macworld.com/appguide/app.html?id=591107&expand=false\">MacWorld</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Unfortunately, the app lacks the ability to edit the photo once it\'s been captured, leaving you with possibly uneven edges that could require further tweaking elsewhere. However, for quick and dirty panoramas, this is probably one of the best on the market.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/360-panorama-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148apps</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“360 Panorama may not produce the most professional looking panoramic photos, but it is far and away the most fun panoramic photo app out there.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://smokinapps.com/app/360-panorama/review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">SmokinApps</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Computer generated panoramas are still not comparable to hand made images, but with the exceptional movement tracking of the iPhone, and its quality camera, 360 Panoramic does a decent job of creating great panoramic images that can really give your viewers a sense of your location and what is around.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','360 Panorama - Shoot Panoramas In Real Time','','inherit','open','open','','4946-revision-8','','','2011-08-30 10:20:56','2011-08-30 10:20:56','',4946,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4946-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(4959,16,'2011-08-30 10:22:24','2011-08-30 10:22:24','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/360panorama.png\"><img title=\"360Panorama\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/360panorama.png\" width=\"466\" height=\"340\" alt=\"360Panorama\"></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"360Panorama\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/360Panorama-logo.png\" alt=\"360 Panorama App Logo\" />\n\nCapture 360° panoramas anytime, anywhere with the 360 PANORAMA iPhone app! Shoot 360° in the round by panning the iPhone camera across a scene, and watch as the app stitches the photos seamlessly in real-time. There\'s no need to take a bunch of photos and stitch them together manually; let 360 PANORAMA do all the work for you.</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by Occipital</li>\n<li>Shoots and stitches panoramas in real-time</li>\n<li>Features gyroscopic viewfinder to view your scene in 360 degrees</li>\n<li>Comes with free web-based storage so users can upload and access panos online</li>\n<li>Shares to Facebook, Twitter, and email</li>\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>User-friendly</li>\n<li>Panoramas are generated as you shoot</li>\n<li>Light gauge provides user with feedback regarding current lighting situation</li>\n<li>Rendering time is faster than other pano apps</li>\n<li>Quality of processed photos are generally better than what other apps offer</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Gyroscope can be difficult to manage, takes some practice</li>\n<li>Seams are evident when you pan around hurriedly, especially when you shoot in low lighting</li>\n<li>No in-app editing tools</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\n\n360 PANORAMA is really useful for anyone who wants to capture a scene from every angle!\n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]360 PANORAMA deserves a spot in your iPhone app library for being the best panorama app on the market to date.[/tab] \n\n[/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\n360 PANORAMA is really straightforward, though it does take a bit of practice to get the hang of it. Taking panoramic photos is simple with the 360° viewfinder. To begin shooting a panorama simply launch the app, line up the horizon on the grid and tap Start. We\'ve found that you get the best results if you stand very still while slowly panning the iPhone camera around the scene. It\'s important to keep your arms as close to the same horizon and angle as possible, as the app captures your image in real-time.   \n\nOne of the most useful features of the 360 PANORAMA is the handy in-app light meter, as you shoot the app will give you prompts based on the amount of light available in the scene. There\'s no need to worry if you\'re shooting in good light, however, this little feature comes in really handy if you are shooting in a dimly lit area as seams become more visible in these conditions. This light-sensing feature is a must-have for this type of app and provides a real benefit for the user. \n\nOnce you\'ve shot the whole scene, tap Done to view the final panorama. If the finished product looks good to you, you can save it directly to your Camera Roll or share it via Facebook, Twitter, or email. There’s also an option to share an interactive pano shot so viewers can see what is around. You can also set up a free account with Occipital, where you can upload photos to the 360VERSE (where others can view your panorama using any device). It\'s a bit like seeing the world through panoramic eyes! Fun! \n\nNow one thing we would\'ve really loved to have in this app is a few editing features...it would be great to have the ability to adjust the contrast, brightness, or saturation for a bit of fine-tuning. This would also be a great time-saver so you don\'t have to launch an editing app just to tweak the image. It would have also been great had the developer packaged it with a slightly better cropping tool, since many of the final panoramas cropped in-app show smudges and halos. \n\nPutting the aforementioned gripes aside, ultimately the 360 PANORAMA is still the best panoramic iPhone app available today. The process of capturing and rendering images takes a bit longer than other apps but the quality is just better all around (get it? heh). Although panoramas made with 360 PANORAMA are not yet on-par with the professional-looking results from cameras like the Sony Digicam, the results are respectable enough and frankly great considering the size and ability of the iPhone\'s sensor. The app itself will take a bit of practice to get used to the gyroscope, but once you\'ve got the hang of it you\'ll be shooting great panoramas everywhere you go!\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for 360 Panorama\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give 360 Panorama 4 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macworld.com/appguide/app.html?id=591107&expand=false\">MacWorld</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Unfortunately, the app lacks the ability to edit the photo once it\'s been captured, leaving you with possibly uneven edges that could require further tweaking elsewhere. However, for quick and dirty panoramas, this is probably one of the best on the market.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/360-panorama-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148apps</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“360 Panorama may not produce the most professional looking panoramic photos, but it is far and away the most fun panoramic photo app out there.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://smokinapps.com/app/360-panorama/review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">SmokinApps</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Computer generated panoramas are still not comparable to hand made images, but with the exceptional movement tracking of the iPhone, and its quality camera, 360 Panoramic does a decent job of creating great panoramic images that can really give your viewers a sense of your location and what is around.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','360 Panorama iPhone App - Shoot Panoramas In Real Time','','inherit','open','open','','4946-revision-9','','','2011-08-30 10:22:24','2011-08-30 10:22:24','',4946,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4946-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(2857,16,'2011-05-18 17:01:07','2011-05-18 17:01:07','','Login','','publish','open','open','','login','','','2011-11-09 06:51:42','2011-11-09 06:51:42','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=2857',17,'nav_menu_item','',0),(2858,16,'2011-05-18 17:01:07','2011-05-18 17:01:07','','To iPhone Camera Essentials','','publish','open','open','','login-to-iphone-camera-essentials','','','2011-11-09 06:51:42','2011-11-09 06:51:42','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=2858',18,'nav_menu_item','',0),(3828,16,'2011-07-11 08:04:44','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','Photographers: iPhone vs iPad, or Both? - http://tinyurl.com/6dw9fu8','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-07-11 08:04:44','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=3828',0,'tweet','',0),(3832,16,'2011-07-12 08:03:55','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','iPhone vs DSLR - is there even any comparison? http://tinyurl.com/63xj8wd','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-07-12 08:03:55','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=3832',0,'tweet','',0),(3829,5,'2011-07-11 16:31:44','0000-00-00 00:00:00','<a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com\">The Beginners Lens</a> launches with a $100 Big App Giveaway! \r\nTo celebrate the launch of their website, the team at The Beginners Lens are giving away a slew of iTunes gift cards for digital and <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography\">iPhone photography</a> fans across the globe! The Grand Prize winner will receive a $100 gift card…but they’re not stopping there. The Beginners Lens are giving away another $100 gift card to the participant who invited the Grand Prize winner to the competition, encouraging this giveaway to go totally viral! \r\nBUT they’re not stopping there either! They are offering several prizes to the runners-up in the form of gift cards ranging from $50 down to $15, so entrants are in with a good chance to win! Each winner will also receive a copy of The Beginners Lens Good Photography App Guide for those who might need a little help choosing the best photo apps to purchase with their gift card. \r\nThis competition is big news for fans of mobile photography, as 100 bucks will go a long way towards kitting out your iPhone, iPad or iTouch with tons of apps! The Beginners Lens Big App Giveaway is running for one month only starting from the 11th of July 2011. Entrants need only visit thebeginnerslens.com or go to The Beginners Lens Facebook page to fill in their details. The winners will be chosen via Wildfire Software, acting as an impartial third party, on the 12th of August 2011. \r\nGuy Yang, who created The Beginners Lens comments that he is \"very excited to bring to casual photographers a new source of information that makes it really easy and fun to improve their photography. The Beginners Lens is the perfect place to learn how to take, edit, organize and share great photos. We make it simple to get fantastic and exciting visual memories so you can be proud of your photos for many years to come!\"\r\nThe Beginners Lens is a new online source for mobile and digital photographers, featuring tips, tricks & tutorials for beginners and beyond. With free and premium video content spanning a range of photographic topics including everything iPhone, camera buying guides, gear & software, accessories, online photo services, and much much more…there’s something for everyone at The Beginners Lens. \r\nCalling all casual photographers, photo nuts, or pros, don’t miss The Beginners Lens Big App Giveaway this summer! The first of many forthcoming competitions from this online newcomer, get involved and get apps! \r\nVisit <a href=\"http://www.facebook.com/thebeginnerslens.digital.and.iphone.photography\">The Beginners Lens Facebook page</a> to enter or <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about/meet-the-team\">The Beginners Lens \'Meet the Team\' page</a> for more information.  \r\n','Press Release - Temp','','draft','open','open','','','','','2011-07-11 16:31:44','2011-07-11 16:31:44','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?page_id=3829',0,'page','',0),(2862,14,'2011-05-19 16:46:25','2011-05-19 16:46:25','Fans of iPhone photography have a lot of reasons to love the iPhone 4 camera. Undoubtedly one of the most highly regarded features of the iPhone 4 is the ability to shoot HDR photos with the built-in camera. Apple made a flipping great decision to include this as it makes an already excellent smartphone camera even better! Yay Apple! In this post we\'ll take a closer look at the HDR functionality of the iPhone 4 camera. \r\n\r\n\r\n<a title=\"iPhone\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/iphone1.png\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"250\" height=\"492\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/iphone1.png\"]</a>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>What is High Dynamic Range?</h4>\r\n\r\nDynamic range, by definition is the difference between the light and dark parts of a photograph. It is the range through which light is measured. Cameras have a restricted number of ‘steps’ between the darkest black and the brightest white, but the human eye is capable of seeing a wider range of colors and details. With HDR photography, we can capture photos that present a wider range of highlights and shadows and thus, our photos are a closer representation of what we actually see.\r\n\r\nMany HDR techniques, suchs as physically merging film negatives, may have begun as early as 1850 but the ongoing study and continuous development of technological advancements have boosed the popularity of HDR photography and there are now many ways to produce HDR-type photos. One of the most common ways to produce HDR photos with a  digital camera is to take a series of several photos (3 or more) at stepped exposures, using a photo-editing program to combine the photos thus creating an HDR image. Of course, what we’re talking about here is enabling the HDR option in the built-in Camera app on the iPhone 4, so lets return to that…\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>How does HDR work on the iPhone?</h4>\r\n\r\nWhen HDR is enabled on your iPhone, you do not have to shoot several photos – the camera does it automatically for you. It will then process the images using an internal algorithm to merge the differently exposed images combining them into one single image. The result is a well-exposed photo that reveals a full dynamic range.\r\n\r\n<h4>How to use the iPhone 4 HDR feature:</h4>\r\n\r\nTo shoot an HDR photo using your iPhone 4, follow the steps below:\r\n\r\n<ol>\r\n\r\n<li>Tap the “HDR On/Off” button which you can find at the top of the Camera app interface.</li>\r\n\r\n<a title=\"iPhone\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/iphone4.png\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"250\" height=\"492\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/iphone4.png\"]</a>\r\n\r\n\r\n<li>Aim your camera phone and shoot at your desired subject. The camera then will snap three (3) exposures – underexposed, overexposed, and autoexposed.</li>\r\n<li>Wait for a few seconds as the iPhone merges the photos into an HDR image.</li>\r\n\r\n</ol>\r\n\r\nBy default, your iPhone will save both the three differently exposed photos plus the final combined image to your Camera Roll. This is really useful as there may be times when you may prefer the non-HDR output. If you find that saving this many images requires too much storage you can disable it in the Settings. \r\n\r\nTo edit the saving options:\r\n\r\n<ol>\r\n\r\n<li>Launch the Settings app.</li>\r\n<li>Tap on Photos.</li>\r\n\r\n<a title=\"iPhone\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/iphone2.png\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"250\" height=\"492\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/iphone2.png\"]</a>\r\n\r\n\r\n<li>Switch off the “Keep Normal Photo” button.</li>\r\n\r\n<a title=\"iPhone\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/iphone3.png\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"250\" height=\"492\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/iphone3.png\"]</a>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ol>','HDR Photography With The iPhone 4 Camera','','publish','open','open','','hdr-photography-with-the-iphone-4-camera','','','2011-06-21 16:03:44','2011-06-21 16:03:44','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=2862',0,'post','',0),(4957,16,'2011-08-30 08:01:20','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','We recently reviewed #swankolab #iPhone #app. Now check out our #swankolab how-to guide to get to grips with it! http://tinyurl.com/3hj42h5','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-08-30 08:01:20','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=4957',0,'tweet','',0),(2865,14,'2011-05-19 15:49:11','2011-05-19 15:49:11','If you are a mobile photographer, there’s some really great iPhone photography accessories around to help you get the great photos you want with your iPhone. Whether you’re shopping to make iPhone photography more convenient, easier, more practical, or just a little bit more exciting – there’s a gadget out there for everyone! \r\n\r\n<a title=\"USBfever\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/USBfever.jpg\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\" height=\"450\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/USBfever.jpg\"]</a>\r\n\r\nHere’s a few of our recommendations for iPhone photographers. Don’t worry, none of them cost an arm and a leg, but they’re sure to get the job done! \r\n\r\n<ol>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://www.case-mate.com/iPhone-4-Cases/Case-Mate-iPhone-4-Barely-There-Cases.asp\"><strong>Case-Mate Barely There Case for iPhone 4</strong></a><br/>US $24.99<br/>\r\n\r\nThis case provides ample protection from scratches and bumps whilst still remaining a thing of beauty! The best thing about this case is that it lives up to its name: it is indeed barely there! Style and functionality in one sleek case for only US $24.99? Why not?!</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n<li><a href=\"http://joby.com/gorillamobile/iphone4\"><strong>Joby GorillaMobile for iPhone 4</strong></a><br/>US $39.95<br/>\r\n\r\nIf you intend to maximize iPhone 4’s built-in HDR and HD video recording features, Joby’s GorillaMobile is definitely a good investment. It comes in two parts: the flexible tripod itself and the stand-alone bumper case for added protection. </li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<li><a href=\"http://usbfever.com/index_ecat.php?cPath=88_211\"><strong>Special Effect Lenses for iPhone 4</strong></a><br/>US $7.99 – 28.99<br/>\r\n\r\nAdding special effects on your photos does not need to come at a steep price. With the decent line up of detachable special effect lenses offered by USBFever for iPhone 4, capturing nice photos in fish eye, wide angle, macro, and telescopic is within your capabilities!</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<li><a href=\"http://www.iphone-tripodholder.com/index.html\"><strong>G Design LLC‘s iPhone Tripod Holder</strong></a><br/>US $9.95<br/>\r\n\r\nWith mobile photography, you may find yourself shooting in conditions that would really benefit from a sturdy tripod. You might already have a tripod you could use at home. But how will you “connect” your iPhone to the tripod? G Design LLC‘s iPhone tripod holder is just the thing for you. The holder has soft pads inside to fit comfortably around your phone and mounting it to the tripod is a breeze. A well-spent US $9.95, indeed.</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<li><a href=\"http://www.zoomitonline.com/\"><strong>zoomIt SD Memory Card Connector</strong></a><br/>US $59.95<br/>\r\n\r\niPhone photographers who are always on the move will love the SD Memory Card Connector sold by zoomIt. It makes managing content a breeze as it allows the user to view and share their photos on the go without being obliged to connect it to a camera and a computer through a cord. Simple! Easy!</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n</ol>','Wallet Friendly iPhone Photography Accessories ','','publish','open','open','','wallet-friendly-iphone-photography-accessories','','','2011-08-02 12:54:30','2011-08-02 12:54:30','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=2865',0,'post','',0),(4956,16,'2011-08-26 15:18:05','2011-08-26 15:18:05','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Swankolab.png\"><img title=\"SwankoLab\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Swankolab.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"SwankoLab\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"SwankoLab\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Swankolab-Logo.png\" alt=\"SwankoLab App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nSwankoLab, brought to you by the same folks who created Hipstamatic, takes us back into the era of pre-digital photography. Develop your photos in a virtual darkroom by \"mixing\" chemicals and creating your own developer recipes. It\'s fun and functional at the same time...doesn\'t get better than that! Or does it? \r\n\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Synthetic Infatuation (also known for Hipstamatic)</li>\r\n<li>Eight photo-altering \"chemicals\" come free with the app</li>\r\n<li>Purchase other chemicals at Uncle Stu’s Photo Emporium (in-app)</li>\r\n<li>Create and save your own formulas</li>\r\n<li>Retina display support</li>\r\n<li>Share photos via email and Facebook</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Stylish interface</li>\r\n<li>Good set of preloaded formulas</li>\r\n<li>Formulas can be saved for future reuse</li>\r\n<li>Nicely processed images</li>\r\n<li>Brings the experience of developing photos in a darkroom</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Mixing chemicals may turn off the impatient users</li>\r\n<li>User has to wait  for seconds while the app is processing the photo</li>\r\n<li>No way to fine-tune or preview the final result</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√  Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nSwankoLab is a great app for beginners - or anyone who has the time (and patience) to experiment with different effects in a virtual darkroom setting. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]A virtual darkroom on your pocket, SwankoLab provides a unique and fun way of developing (editing) your photos. The game-like element is great, but it\'s worth mentioning that the novelty factor may wear off given a few frustrating limitations. Also it\'s worth mentioning you\'ll need a fairly hefty dose of patience if you want to use this app for any length of time.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nSwankoLab is a harkening to the old-school days where photographers spent many a long hour developing their photos in a darkroom...the app is a virtual darkroom on your iPhone. SwankoLab lets you “develop” your photos by selecting from the preloaded formulas or by creating your own mix of virtual chemicals to create unique filters and effects.\r\n\r\nSwankoLab uses the photos you\'ve already taken with the native camera app (or other shooting apps). You begin your darkroom session by choosing a photo from the camera roll or another album, and then mixing up a batch of \"chemicals\". You\'ve got control over how much or how little of the chemical you add to your developing tray, and you also have the ability to layer chemicals to achieve whatever look you\'re going for. When you create a mix you like, just save the formula to the formula book so you can use it again in the future. \r\n\r\nSwankoLab also has a set of pre-loaded formulas to use, and if you want to add a few more chemicals to your collection you can shop through the in-app chemical store \"Uncle Stu’s Photo Emporium\". What\'s great about Uncle Stu\'s Photo Emporium is the option to sign up for a lifetime of updates...for just a couple of bucks you can get all of the chemicals plus you\'ll receive new chemicals as they are released...definitely a more economical way to get a full shelf of chemicals. \r\n\r\nTargeted towards the adventurous and creative iPhoneographer, SwankoLab is definitely unique. As far as a creative, interactive, game-like interface goes it smashes the competition every time. It certainly gets a gold star for novelty factor. More importantly though, the app produces really great photos, with high-quality effects on par with that of it\'s sister app Hipstamatic. If you\'re looking for an app that produces Hipstamatic-type effects without having to shoot in Hipstamatic, SwankoLab is for you. \r\n\r\nNow, there are a few limitations here which you should be aware of before you buy. Because the app tries to mimic a true darkroom, the process of developing photos is certainly more tedious than other photo-editing apps. It is definitely a matter of trial-and-error as you process chemical formulas. You will need to invest quite a bit of time before you figure out what combinations you like the best. As if you were in a real darkroom, there is no way for you to preview or fine-tune the photo. If you get it wrong, it\'s a matter of trashing it and starting over again. \r\n\r\nIt also takes (quite a long) time for the app to “develop” the photo. If you\'re looking for a quick-fix edit, you will need to go elsewhere. Just keep reminding yourself \"Good things come to those who wait...\" Our last little grips is the lack of sharing platforms, at present you can only share SwankoLab photos through Facebook; we would love to see at least Flickr and Twitter in the next update. \r\n\r\nDespite it’s shortcomings, app-addicts will surely appreciate the game-like feel, as the interface is totally different from other editing suites on the market. So with all that said, SwankoLab is a swanky (pun intended) app that produces high-quality effects, IF you\'ve got the time to play. Beware of the limitations before you buy. The nostalgic experience is fun and quirky, but it may not be for everyone...\r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"3.5 Flash Rating for SwankoLab App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/3.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give SwankoLab App 3.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appmodo.com/17681/swankolab-review-for-iphone-and-ipod-touch/\">AppModo</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“SwankoLab comes highly recommended to photography fans everywhere. Not only is it a fun application to use, it also produces amazing results.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/swankolab-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148Apps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“A gorgeous virtual darkroom in your pocket from the guys behind Hipstamatic. Could there be anything wrong with this picture?”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macworld.com/appguide/app.html?id=496664&expand=false\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">MacWorld</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“SwankoLab is not just about having fun mixing chemicals and getting your darkroom fix vicariously through Uncle Stu, however. The results produced by the app can be stunning.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','SwankoLab – A Darkroom For Your iPhone','','inherit','open','open','','4627-revision-9','','','2011-08-26 15:18:05','2011-08-26 15:18:05','',4627,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4627-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(4955,14,'2011-08-30 01:16:35','2011-08-30 01:16:35','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/360panorama.png\"><img title=\"360Panorama\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/360panorama.png\" width=\"466\" height=\"340\" alt=\"360Panorama\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"360Panorama\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/360Panorama-logo.png\" alt=\"360 Panorama App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nCapture 360 panoramas anytime, anywhere using your iPhone4 with 360 PANORAMA iPhone app. Easily shoot 360 panos by panning the iPhone camera across a scene and watch as the app stitches the photos seamlessly in real-time. With 360 PANORAMA, you do not need to take many pictures and stitch them manually; the app simply does the work for you.</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Occipital</li>\r\n<li>Takes and stitches panoramas in real-time</li>\r\n<li>Features gyroscope to interact and look around a particular scene in 360 degrees</li>\r\n<li>Comes with a free web-based storage so users can upload and access panos in their online accounts</li>\r\n<li>Shares to Facebook, Twitter, and email</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>User-friendly</li>\r\n<li>Panoramas are generated immediately right in front of the user</li>\r\n<li>Light gauge that provides user with feedback regarding current lighting situation</li>\r\n<li>Rendering time is faster compared to other pano apps</li>\r\n<li>Quality of processed photos are generally better than what other apps offer</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Inadvertent movement can easily cause the seams not matching up properly</li>\r\n<li>Seams are evident when you pan around hurriedly, especially when you shoot in dark areas</li>\r\n<li>No in-app editing tools</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\n360 PANORAMA is the way to go for anyone who wants to capture a moment in every angle.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]360 PANORAMA deserves a spot in your iPhone app library for being the best panorama app in the market to date.[/tab] \r\n\r\n[/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\n360 PANORAMA is very straightforward to use. Once you launch the app, you will be directed to a 360 view grid that displays a photo in it. After deciding what scene to shoot, tap Start to begin taking a pano shot. For best results, you have to stand as very still as possible while slowly but surely panning the iPhone camera in your preferred direction. \r\n\r\nAs you move around while taking a shot, the app captures in real time the scene you are viewing as a panorama. It’s a good thing that the app is equipped with a handy light gauge on top. This feature tells you if there’s a need to adjust based on the lighting condition you are shooting in. If you are in an area with sufficient lighting, you should have nothing to worry about when panning to get the pano shot. However, if you are shooting in a dark area, you have to be very careful with how you shoot because there’s a high tendency that seams will appear in the image. This light-sensing feature is a must for this type of app and good thing the developer did not forget to include it.\r\n\r\nOnce you feel you’re good to go, tap Done to view the processed panorama in 360 degrees. All you have to do is rotate your iPhone and the gyroscope will readily pan the image. If the finished product already looks good to you, you can save it to your phone’s Camera Roll or share it to others via Facebook, Twitter, or email. There’s also an option to share an interactive pano shot so viewers can see what is around. You can setup a free account with Occipital so you can upload photos to the 360VERSE and share it to people who can view it using a 360 pano web app using any device.\r\n\r\nIt would have been really nice had the developer added some nice editing options like changing contrast, brightness, or saturation for a bit of fine-tuning. This will save the user some time rather than launching an editing app just to tweak the image. It also could have been better had the developer packaged it with an able cropping tool, considering that the final output more often than not shows a lot of smudges and halos. \r\n\r\nBesides the few hiccups, 360 PANORAMA is arguably the best panoramic iphone today. The process of capturing and rendering images takes a bit longer than other apps but the quality just seems to be better. Its outputs are not as professional-looking as what most Sony digicams’ Sweep Panorama feature can give you but are very respectable enough. The app requires a lot of getting used to but if you can master how to use it, then you will be awarded with stunning panoramas. \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for 360 Panorama\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give 360 Panorama 4 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macworld.com/appguide/app.html?id=591107&expand=false\">MacWorld</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Unfortunately, the app lacks the ability to edit the photo once it\'s been captured, leaving you with possibly uneven edges that could require further tweaking elsewhere. However, for quick and dirty panoramas, this is probably one of the best on the market.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/360-panorama-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148apps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“360 Panorama may not produce the most professional looking panoramic photos, but it is far and away the most fun panoramic photo app out there.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://smokinapps.com/app/360-panorama/review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">SmokinApps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Computer generated panoramas are still not comparable to hand made images, but with the exceptional movement tracking of the iPhone, and its quality camera, 360 Panoramic does a decent job of creating great panoramic images that can really give your viewers a sense of your location and what is around.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','360 Panorama - Shoot Panoramas In Real Time','','inherit','open','open','','4946-revision-7','','','2011-08-30 01:16:35','2011-08-30 01:16:35','',4946,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4946-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(3883,16,'2011-07-14 08:03:40','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','What is it about some portraits that makes them stand out from all the rest?! It\'s probably this: http://tinyurl.com/66ayafp','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-07-14 08:03:40','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=3883',0,'tweet','',0),(4394,14,'2011-08-03 08:35:47','2011-08-03 08:35:47','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/ProHDR.png\"><img title=\"ProHDR\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/ProHDR.png\" width=\"46\" height=\"314\" alt=\"Pro HDR\"></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"ProHDR\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/ProHDR-Logo.png\" alt=\"ProHDR App Logo\" />\n\nPRO HDR proudly brings high dynamic range (HDR) photography right at your fingertips, anytime, anywhere, sans the need for you to painstakingly shoot multiple photos, transfer them to the computer, manually align and tonemap them. You can do all that in your iPhone.</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by eyeApps LLC</li>\n<li>Automatic and Manual HDR photo capture modes</li>\n<li>Quickly aligns full-size photos </li>\n<li>Photo Library support</li>\n<li>Save images at 3 or 5 megapixels</li>\n<li>Share HDR outputs through email</li>\n<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Clean and easy-to-navigate interface</li>\n<li>Option to shoot single HDR photo or multiple shots to be combined into one HDR photo</li>\n<li>Allows user to customize exposure setting of each HDR photo</li>\n<li>Alignment is pretty much on the spot</li>\n<li>Accessible tutorial on HDR</li>\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<liShooting and processing time is a tad slow</li>\n<liNot integrated to social media sites like Facebook and Twitter</li>\n\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\n\nPRO HDR is for anyone who’s shooting a lot of photos using an iPhone. Whether you’re a beginner or a pro, this app is a must-have as it vastly improves the quality of your shots, even those taken in low-light! The advanced users though may still opt to process HDR photos using Adobe Photoshop for more flexibility but if you’re always on the move, this app will surely come handy. \n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]Arguably, PRO HDR is by far the most intelligent and flexible HDR photo app in the market today.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\nPRO HDR understands what most users want for an app: something that offers options for different shooting circumstances and delivers good results.\n\nWith PRO HDR, iPhoneographers have two shooting options: Automatic HDR and Manual HDR. If you don’t feel like taking multiple shots and are in a hurry for a ready result, just choose Auto HDR and all you have to do is to tap on the screen and you’re good to go. If you\'re in the mood to be really creative, there is Manual HDR more which enables you to choose the brightness and darkness for each of the HDR that are captured.\n\nBefore saving the finale image, PRO HDR will give you the freedom to adjust settings such as saturation, brightness, contrast, and tint to get a better output. This is unlike other HDR apps where the final photo is as is – what you shoot is what you get.\n\nSo why did we say that this app is clever? PRO HDR prompts you to instruct him to take a photo of a dark and bright part of a scene. Then it will automatically “align” the pictures and blend it together. The result is an HDR photo that reveals what your eyes see but your iPhone camera could not.\n\nHowever, you may be displeased with the time it takes for the camera to process the shots. It may be difficult for some to stand still while the app is in the rendering stage. But hey, you will be amazed of the results. While these may not be as good as what DSLRs can offer, still these are way above what a regular camera phone can deliver. Between Pro HDR and iPhone 4’s built-in HDR function? Pro HDR blows away the competition by a mile. \n\nIt is such a pity though that the dev hasn’t integrated sharing photos to sites like Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr especially now that online photo sharing is a trend. \n\nOverall, if you do not have any similar app installed in your iPhone yet, we suggest you try this out. At $1.99, we honestly think that it’s quite a bargain already.\n\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Hipstamatic 4.5 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2010/1/8/iphone-app-review-pro-hdr-by-robert-barr.html\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“The bottom line is I am in love with this application… For $1.99 I would say everyone that has any interest whatsoever should download this Application.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/pro-hdr-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148apps</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Pro HDR has more options and generally takes a better picture than the built in camera HDR, but it does sacrifice a bit of speed and convenience in the process.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://photofocus.com/2010/08/31/pro-hdr-for-iphone-mini-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">PhotoFocus</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Pro HDR won’t eliminate the need for a DSLR and tripod for serious HDR shooters, but if you just want to have some fun with your iPhone, this app provides a bunch of it for $1.99.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','Pro HDR – Shoot stunning HDR photos via your iPhone','','inherit','open','open','','4392-revision-2','','','2011-08-03 08:35:47','2011-08-03 08:35:47','',4392,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4392-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(3937,16,'2011-07-18 15:48:19','2011-07-18 15:48:19','','iphonephoto2','','inherit','open','open','','iphonephoto2','','','2011-07-18 15:48:19','2011-07-18 15:48:19','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/iphonephoto2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(3938,16,'2011-07-18 15:58:42','2011-07-18 15:58:42','','iphone3','','inherit','open','open','','iphone3-2','','','2011-07-18 15:58:42','2011-07-18 15:58:42','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/iphone3.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4393,14,'2011-08-03 08:28:23','2011-08-03 08:28:23','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/ProHDR.png\"><img title=\"ProHDR\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/ProHDR.png\" width=\"470\" height=\"314\" alt=\"Pro HDR\"></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"ProHDR\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/ProHDR-Logo.png\" alt=\"ProHDR App Logo\" />\n\nPRO HDR proudly brings high dynamic range (HDR) photography right at your fingertips, anytime, anywhere, sans the need for you to painstakingly shoot multiple photos, transfer them to the computer, manually align and tonemap them. You can do all that in your iPhone.</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by eyeApps LLC</li>\n<li>Automatic and Manual HDR photo capture modes</li>\n<li>Quickly aligns full-size photos </li>\n<li>Photo Library support</li>\n<li>Save images at 3 or 5 megapixels</li>\n<li>Share HDR outputs through email</li>\n<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Clean and easy-to-navigate interface</li>\n<li>Option to shoot single HDR photo or multiple shots to be combined into one HDR photo</li>\n<li>Allows user to customize exposure setting of each HDR photo</li>\n<li>Alignment is pretty much on the spot</li>\n<li>Accessible tutorial on HDR</li>\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<liShooting and processing time is a tad slow</li>\n<liNot integrated to social media sites like Facebook and Twitter</li>\n\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\n\nThe HIPSTAMATIC app is for anyone who wants to get retro-style photos with the ease of shooting and editing digital. \n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]HIPSTAMATIC is the ultimate crossover between analogue and digital, get beautiful, rich, and visually interesting photos on your iPhone![/tab] [/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\nThere are lots of apps on the market that have the ability to produce results similar to that of HIPSTAMATIC but what sets it apart from others is that you actually feel as if you are holding an old plastic camera. Flippin\' cool. The classic black styling of the camera, buttons, and all the nitty-gritty aspects were brilliantly planned and well-executed in this very popular app. And of course, the icing on the cake is the absolutely stunning (we resisted saying awesome, but heck they really are awesome) vintage photos which you will be proud to sharing with your family and friends!\n\nTo be totally impartial, there\'s a few drawbacks. There have been comments that the app isn’t very intuitive to use, which is perhaps because of its old camera interface, which admittedly takes a bit of time to get used to. The viewfinder is also quite small, so you don\'t actually see everything in the viewfinder which does make it difficult to compose a shot - but for many, that is part of the appeal. Photos from the HIPSTAMATIC app aren\'t meant to be perfectly composed, they offer a quirky element which sometimes means imperfect shots. One big gripe from HIPSTAMATIC users is that shots taken with other apps cannot be edited within the app, a fair point since it seems many users would like to use the top-quality filters and effects on their other photos. \n\nUltimately the whole point of the HIPSTAMATIC app is that it is fun as well as slightly challenging and mysterious, much like using a true vintage camera. Considering the quirky element and the impressive photos, we are more than happy to take the good with the bad. HIPSTAMATIC definitely comes with top marks from The Beginners Lens!\n\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Hipstamatic 4.5 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2010/08/review-hipstamatic\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“While those who really want the fun reminder of yesteryear could easily pick up a cheap analog camera in a second hand shop, I suppose most will see two bucks for the app as being the better option. The bottom line is that if you like the app based on its description, you’ll love using it.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macworld.com/appguide/app.html?id=355058&expand=false\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">MacWorld</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Synthetic clearly spent a lot of time creating a unique app that doesn’t just produce nice results—it’s engaging and fun to use before you ever see the finished product.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appmodo.com/9676/hipstamatic-review-for-iphone/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">Appmodo</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Hipstamatic for iPhone comes highly recommended to photography enthusiasts of all ages. It is a fun application that will surely bring any dull Kodak moment to life.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','Pro HDR – Shoot stunning HDR photos via your iPhone','','inherit','open','open','','4392-revision','','','2011-08-03 08:28:23','2011-08-03 08:28:23','',4392,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4392-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(2872,14,'2011-05-19 16:14:59','2011-05-19 16:14:59','Accidentally deleting your photos is probably the worst thing that can happen to a photographer. Imagine you were asked to shoot photos at your dad’s 50th birthday party, using your iPhone. A 50th birthday is obviously a special day which you can’t just rewind and replay if something goes wrong. So what happens if you accidentally erase the photos? Are all of those precious moments lost and gone forever? OH %*^&$(%*!!!\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/delete-iphone-photos.jpg\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/delete-iphone-photos.jpg\" alt=\"\" title=\"delete-iphone-photos\" width=\"500\" height=\"475\" class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-3060\" /></a>\r\nBut wait! Disaster averted thanks to a handy little thing called photo recovery! You can recover deleted iPhone photos in just a few minutes! But how??\r\n\r\nWhen you erase files such as images, these files are not always deleted permanently from the device’s hard drive. The files are just being removed from visibility, and by moving these files from visibility the user can now re-use the space they were taking up. So unless you’ve overwritten the space they occupied with new files, your invisible files remain on the hard drive. Here’s a top tip! If you accidentally delete a photo (or a hundred photos) run the photo recovery software immediately after you delete the photos to ensure your data is still on the hard drive. \r\n\r\nYou could use a program called Stellar Photo Recovery, which is available for download at http://www.retrievedeletedphotos.com/. This software is advertised to work on all cameras and devices such as USB cards, SD/SDHC cards, and of course the iPhone. You can download a free version of this so you can test it first before jumping onboard with the pro version.\r\n\r\nHere’s how to restore deleted photos off your iPhone using Stellar Photo Recovery, follow the steps below:\r\n\r\n<ol>\r\n\r\n<li>Connect your iPhone to your computer (this software is available for PC and Mac).</li>\r\n<li>Open and load Stellar Photo.</li>\r\n<li>Choose on the appropriate drive under the removable drives tab.</li>\r\n<li>Click on Start Scan.</li>\r\n\r\n</ol>\r\n\r\nStellar Photo Recovery will then provide you with a list and preview of the photos that can be recovered.\r\n\r\nAgain, as a friendly reminder, do not forget to make backup copies of your photos. Don’t wait until all of your photos are gone to realize you should be backing up regularly. With hard drives, CDs, DVDs and online storage there’s no reason not to back up – but if you still haven’t, get yourself a photo recovery program, stat!  \r\n','Recover Deleted iPhone Photos','','publish','open','open','','recover-deleted-iphone-photos','','','2011-05-30 19:46:47','2011-05-30 19:46:47','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=2872',0,'post','',0),(2876,14,'2011-05-19 16:29:31','2011-05-19 16:29:31','','iPhone - HDR','','inherit','open','open','','iphone1','','','2011-05-19 16:29:31','2011-05-19 16:29:31','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/iphone1.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(2877,14,'2011-05-19 16:29:37','2011-05-19 16:29:37','','iPhone - HDR 2','','inherit','open','open','','iphone2','','','2011-05-19 16:29:37','2011-05-19 16:29:37','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/iphone2.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(2878,14,'2011-05-19 16:29:42','2011-05-19 16:29:42','','iPhone - HDR 3','','inherit','open','open','','iphone3','','','2011-05-19 16:29:42','2011-05-19 16:29:42','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/iphone3.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(2879,14,'2011-05-19 16:29:51','2011-05-19 16:29:51','','iPhone - HDR 4','','inherit','open','open','','iphone4','','','2011-05-19 16:29:51','2011-05-19 16:29:51','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/iphone4.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4952,14,'2011-08-30 01:11:53','2011-08-30 01:11:53','','360Panorama-logo','','inherit','open','open','','360panorama-logo','','','2011-08-30 01:11:53','2011-08-30 01:11:53','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/360Panorama-logo.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4953,14,'2011-08-30 01:12:08','2011-08-30 01:12:08','','360panorama','','inherit','open','open','','360panorama','','','2011-08-30 01:12:08','2011-08-30 01:12:08','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/360panorama.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4951,14,'2011-08-30 00:48:34','2011-08-30 00:48:34','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/ProHDR.png\"><img title=\"ProHDR\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/ProHDR.png\" width=\"466\" height=\"340\" alt=\"Pro HDR\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"ProHDR\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/ProHDR-Logo.png\" alt=\"ProHDR App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nCapture 360 panoramas anytime, anywhere using your iPhone4 with 360 PANORAMA iPhone app. Easily shoot 360 panos by panning the iPhone camera across a scene and watch as the app stitches the photos seamlessly in real-time. With 360 PANORAMA, you do not need to take many pictures and stitch them manually; the app simply does the work for you.</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Occipital</li>\r\n<li>Takes and stitches panoramas in real-time</li>\r\n<li>Features gyroscope to interact and look around a particular scene in 360 degrees</li>\r\n<li>Comes with a free web-based storage so users can upload and access panos in their online accounts</li>\r\n<li>Shares to Facebook, Twitter, and email</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>User-friendly</li>\r\n<li>Panoramas are generated immediately right in front of the user</li>\r\n<li>Light gauge that provides user with feedback regarding current lighting situation</li>\r\n<li>Rendering time is faster compared to other pano apps</li>\r\n<li>Quality of processed photos are generally better than what other apps offer</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Inadvertent movement can easily cause the seams not matching up properly</li>\r\n<li>Seams are evident when you pan around hurriedly, especially when you shoot in dark areas</li>\r\n<li>No in-app editing tools</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPRO HDR is for anyone who wants to try out HDR photography on the iPhone! Whether you’re a beginner or a pro, this app is a must-have as it vastly improves the quality of your shots, even those taken in low-light. Advanced users may still prefer to process HDR photos using Adobe Photoshop for more flexibility but if you’re into HDR on-the-move, this app will surely come in handy. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]360 PANORAMA deserves a spot in your iPhone app library for being the best panorama app in the market to date. This is definitely the way to go if you want to capture a moment in every angle.\r\n[/tab] \r\n\r\n[/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\n360 PANORAMA is very straightforward to use. Once you launch the app, you will be directed to a 360 view grid that displays a photo in it. After deciding what scene to shoot, tap Start to begin taking a pano shot. For best results, you have to stand as very still as possible while slowly but surely panning the iPhone camera in your preferred direction. \r\n\r\nAs you move around while taking a shot, the app captures in real time the scene you are viewing as a panorama. It’s a good thing that the app is equipped with a handy light gauge on top. This feature tells you if there’s a need to adjust based on the lighting condition you are shooting in. If you are in an area with sufficient lighting, you should have nothing to worry about when panning to get the pano shot. However, if you are shooting in a dark area, you have to be very careful with how you shoot because there’s a high tendency that seams will appear in the image. This light-sensing feature is a must for this type of app and good thing the developer did not forget to include it.\r\n\r\nOnce you feel you’re good to go, tap Done to view the processed panorama in 360 degrees. All you have to do is rotate your iPhone and the gyroscope will readily pan the image. If the finished product already looks good to you, you can save it to your phone’s Camera Roll or share it to others via Facebook, Twitter, or email. There’s also an option to share an interactive pano shot so viewers can see what is around. You can setup a free account with Occipital so you can upload photos to the 360VERSE and share it to people who can view it using a 360 pano web app using any device.\r\n\r\nIt would have been really nice had the developer added some nice editing options like changing contrast, brightness, or saturation for a bit of fine-tuning. This will save the user some time rather than launching an editing app just to tweak the image. It also could have been better had the developer packaged it with an able cropping tool, considering that the final output more often than not shows a lot of smudges and halos. \r\n\r\nBesides the few hiccups, 360 PANORAMA is arguably the best panoramic iphone today. The process of capturing and rendering images takes a bit longer than other apps but the quality just seems to be better. Its outputs are not as professional-looking as what most Sony digicams’ Sweep Panorama feature can give you but are very respectable enough. The app requires a lot of getting used to but if you can master how to use it, then you will be awarded with stunning panoramas. \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Pro HDR\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Pro HDR 4.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macworld.com/appguide/app.html?id=591107&expand=false\">MacWorld</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Unfortunately, the app lacks the ability to edit the photo once it\'s been captured, leaving you with possibly uneven edges that could require further tweaking elsewhere. However, for quick and dirty panoramas, this is probably one of the best on the market.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/360-panorama-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148apps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“360 Panorama may not produce the most professional looking panoramic photos, but it is far and away the most fun panoramic photo app out there.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://smokinapps.com/app/360-panorama/review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">SmokinApps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Computer generated panoramas are still not comparable to hand made images, but with the exceptional movement tracking of the iPhone, and its quality camera, 360 Panoramic does a decent job of creating great panoramic images that can really give your viewers a sense of your location and what is around.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','360 Panorama - Shoot Panoramas In Real Time','','inherit','open','open','','4946-revision-5','','','2011-08-30 00:48:34','2011-08-30 00:48:34','',4946,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4946-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(4950,14,'2011-08-30 00:48:01','2011-08-30 00:48:01','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/ProHDR.png\"><img title=\"ProHDR\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/ProHDR.png\" width=\"466\" height=\"340\" alt=\"Pro HDR\"></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"ProHDR\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/ProHDR-Logo.png\" alt=\"ProHDR App Logo\" />\n\nCapture 360 panoramas anytime, anywhere using your iPhone4 with 360 PANORAMA iPhone app. Easily shoot 360 panos by panning the iPhone camera across a scene and watch as the app stitches the photos seamlessly in real-time. With 360 PANORAMA, you do not need to take many pictures and stitch them manually; the app simply does the work for you.</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by Occipital</li>\n<li>Takes and stitches panoramas in real-time</li>\n<li>Features gyroscope to interact and look around a particular scene in 360 degrees</li>\n<li>Comes with a free web-based storage so users can upload and access panos in their online accounts</li>\n<li>Shares to Facebook, Twitter, and email</li>\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>User-friendly</li>\n<li>Panoramas are generated immediately right in front of the user</li>\n<li>Light gauge that provides user with feedback regarding current lighting situation</li>\n<li>Rendering time is faster compared to other pano apps</li>\n<li>Quality of processed photos are generally better than what other apps offer</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Inadvertent movement can easily cause the seams not matching up properly</li>\n<li>Seams are evident when you pan around hurriedly, especially when you shoot in dark areas</li>\n<li>No in-app editing tools</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\n\nPRO HDR is for anyone who wants to try out HDR photography on the iPhone! Whether you’re a beginner or a pro, this app is a must-have as it vastly improves the quality of your shots, even those taken in low-light. Advanced users may still prefer to process HDR photos using Adobe Photoshop for more flexibility but if you’re into HDR on-the-move, this app will surely come in handy. \n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]360 PANORAMA deserves a spot in your iPhone app library for being the best panorama app in the market to date. This is definitely the way to go if you want to capture a moment in every angle.\n[/tab] \n\n[/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\n360 PANORAMA is very straightforward to use. Once you launch the app, you will be directed to a 360 view grid that displays a photo in it. After deciding what scene to shoot, tap Start to begin taking a pano shot. For best results, you have to stand as very still as possible while slowly but surely panning the iPhone camera in your preferred direction. \n\nAs you move around while taking a shot, the app captures in real time the scene you are viewing as a panorama. It’s a good thing that the app is equipped with a handy light gauge on top. This feature tells you if there’s a need to adjust based on the lighting condition you are shooting in. If you are in an area with sufficient lighting, you should have nothing to worry about when panning to get the pano shot. However, if you are shooting in a dark area, you have to be very careful with how you shoot because there’s a high tendency that seams will appear in the image. This light-sensing feature is a must for this type of app and good thing the developer did not forget to include it.\n\nOnce you feel you’re good to go, tap Done to view the processed panorama in 360 degrees. All you have to do is rotate your iPhone and the gyroscope will readily pan the image. If the finished product already looks good to you, you can save it to your phone’s Camera Roll or share it to others via Facebook, Twitter, or email. There’s also an option to share an interactive pano shot so viewers can see what is around. You can setup a free account with Occipital so you can upload photos to the 360VERSE and share it to people who can access\n\n\nIf you’ve taken the time to setup a free Occipital account, you can upload to the 360VERSE and share it with your friends who can view it later on by using a 360 Panorama web application regardless of their device.\n\nIt would have been really nice had the developer added some nice editing options like changing contrast, brightness, or saturation for a bit of fine-tuning. This will save the user some time rather than launching an editing app just to tweak the image. It also could have been better had the developer packaged it with an able cropping tool, considering that the final output more often than not shows a lot of smudges and halos. \n\nBesides the few hiccups, 360 PANORAMA is arguably the best panoramic iphone today. The process of capturing and rendering images takes a bit longer than other apps but the quality just seems to be better. Its outputs are not as professional-looking as what most Sony digicams’ Sweep Panorama feature can give you but are very respectable enough. The app requires a lot of getting used to but if you can master how to use it, then you will be awarded with stunning panoramas. \n\n\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Pro HDR\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Pro HDR 4.5 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macworld.com/appguide/app.html?id=591107&expand=false\">MacWorld</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Unfortunately, the app lacks the ability to edit the photo once it\'s been captured, leaving you with possibly uneven edges that could require further tweaking elsewhere. However, for quick and dirty panoramas, this is probably one of the best on the market.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/360-panorama-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148apps</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“360 Panorama may not produce the most professional looking panoramic photos, but it is far and away the most fun panoramic photo app out there.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://smokinapps.com/app/360-panorama/review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">SmokinApps</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Computer generated panoramas are still not comparable to hand made images, but with the exceptional movement tracking of the iPhone, and its quality camera, 360 Panoramic does a decent job of creating great panoramic images that can really give your viewers a sense of your location and what is around.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','360 Panorama - Shoot Panoramas In Real Time','','inherit','open','open','','4946-revision-4','','','2011-08-30 00:48:01','2011-08-30 00:48:01','',4946,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4946-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(4647,14,'2011-08-09 23:58:09','2011-08-09 23:58:09','Family portraits…they are a changin’! Gone are the days that we are getting the whole family together dressed in their Sunday best to sit still for three hours while little Jimmy turns his head another 20° to the left, and then another 30° back to the right. As photographic trends are changing most families are opting for more casual, personality-driven photos that really represent the individuality and style of the family.  \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Family Portrait, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/paulys_pics/2563319758/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"513\" height=\"640\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/FamilyPic1.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Family Portrait</em>\r\nPhoto by Paul Lender: LeftofCenterPhoto.com	\r\n</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n\r\n<h3>Here’s a few ideas to make your family portraits a little bit more modern:</h3> \r\n\r\n<h3>Shoot Inside Your Home</h3> \r\n\r\nHome is where the heart is right? More and more families are having their photos taken at home to show the family in their own surroundings. This is also a great way to get casual, comfortable photos of your family “in their element”. Just find a nice place in your house, or even outside in the yard or garden. Natural lighting is important for casual family photographs, and photos taken indoors by a window with good light with give a soft, “homely” feel. \r\n\r\n<h3>Be Candid</h3>\r\n\r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Family Portrait, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/mseliske/3160199025/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"427\" height=\"64300\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/FamilyPic2.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Family Portrait</em>\r\nPhoto by Mike Seliske</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nWe already know that families are moving away from the stiffly posed photos of yesteryear and opting for more candid, “real” photos. Try to plan activities for the whole family to get involved in, creating a fun, relaxed scenario. Opt for places that are meaningful to the family, and interact with each other in a comfortable, casual, light-hearted manor. Someone in the family is sure to know a good joke! \r\n\r\n<h3>Dress Casually</h3> \r\n\r\nIt’s become a little bit more modern to dress the family in casual, everyday clothing that is complimentary rather than all family members wearing the same thing. That’s not to say you should let everyone choose their own clothes, as your young son might turn up in his Superman pajamas and your daughter in her favorite princess dress, but allowing each family member a little bit of individuality in their clothing will mean they are ultimately more comfortable and at ease in the photograph. Try coordinating clothes with a few common elements or colors for a polished, “together” feel. \r\n\r\n<h3>Use The Environment</h3> \r\n\r\nThe environment around your house or your city is a great backdrop for casual family photos. Urban environments provide interest and quirky style, where outdoor environments provide a softer, more natural style. If you opt for a cityscape look for interesting stairwells, brick walls, train tracks, secret passages, and fun sculptures to set up your photo. If you’re going for an outdoor shoot in natural surroundings, open grassy fields, interesting trees, sandy or rocky beaches and small hills to climb make great backdrops. Also think about bringing a few props, maybe a parasol, hats, sunglasses, or something small to sit on – a few simple props will go a long way! \r\n\r\nGetting modern, casual family photographs doesn’t have to be difficult or expensive. With a little bit of planning and creativity, you can get great shots that reflect your family’s style and individuality. Finally, work with a photographer that whom you feel comfortable and at ease with, and show them the type of photos you would like before committing! \r\n','Get Fantastic Family Photos','','inherit','open','open','','4549-revision-5','','','2011-08-09 23:58:09','2011-08-09 23:58:09','',4549,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4549-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(4636,14,'2011-08-08 08:01:50','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','Transfer your #iphone photos easily over Wifi with Photo Transfer App http://tinyurl.com/3prty88','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-08-08 08:01:50','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=4636',0,'tweet','',0),(4637,14,'2011-08-09 08:01:24','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','We like the #wordfoto #iphone #app! Lots of wordy fun to be had!  http://tinyurl.com/3wororc','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-08-09 08:01:24','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=4637',0,'tweet','',0),(4973,16,'2011-08-06 14:10:30','2011-08-06 14:10:30','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransferApp.jpg\"><img title=\"PhotoTransferApp\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransferApp.jpg\" width=\"270\" height=\"503\" alt=\"Photo Transfer App\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"PhotoTransferApp\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransfer-Icon.png\" alt=\"Photo Transfer App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nPHOTO TRANSFER APP enables you to share photos and videos between your iPhone, iPad, iPod Touch, and your computer via a wifi network. Never mess around with cables and software again, airwaves is the way forward!</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by ERCLab</li>\r\n<li>Downloads multiple photos from an iPhone to a computer</li>\r\n<li>Transfers photos in full resolution</li>\r\n<li>Preserves photo metadata in all transfer directions</li>\r\n<li>Works with other iDevices such as iPad and iPod Touch</li>\r\n<li>Compatible with computers running Windows, Mac and Linux </li>\r\n<li>Costs US$2.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Simple interface</li>\r\n<li>Extremely fast photo transfer ability</li>\r\n<li>Easy to use</li>\r\n<li>Download photos as ZIP file</li>\r\n<li>No cables/additional software needed</li>\r\n<li>Can upload/download multiple photos simultaneously</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Can’t browse through a whole album at a time</li>\r\n<li>Shared photos cannot be separated into albums for better organization\r\n</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPHOTO TRANSFER APP is for anyone using the iPhone as their go-to camera. If you\'re look for a super fast way to share and transfer photos - without all the extra wires. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]PHOTO TRANSFER APP is an indispensable tool for iPhoneographers who want to make their lives a whole lot easier. Sharing, downloading, or and transferring photo is quick and convenient with this handy app! [/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nAmong all its sales points, there are really two things which make the PHOTO TRANSFER APP a must have for the avid iPhoneographer: Downloading full-res images and fast wireless sharing of images across all iDevices and computers. Save yourself the hassle and frustration of photo sharing using endless cables and bits of software. All you need is a wireless connection and you’re set. \r\n\r\nThe app is very user-friendly; it takes no time at all to get familiar with the interface and controls. The transfer time is fast – and by fast, we mean impressively fast.\r\n\r\nHowever, there\'s a couple of things that could be improved to speed up the sharing process even further. It would have been great if you could select all of the photos within the Photo Transfer App itself rather than leaving the Photo Transfer APP to go into the native Photo App, surely an oversight that could be corrected in a future update. \r\n\r\nOverall, PHOTO TRANSFER APP the app doesn\'t look like anything fancy but it does the job very well and that is what really matters. It\'s definitely worth picking up the PHOTO TRANSFER APP especially now that sharing photos is much more than just a trend, its a lifestyle. Of course we would be remiss not to mention that sadly there\'s a good chance that photo transfer apps are likely to become redundant with the release of iOS 5 and the automatic syncing to Photo Stream and other devices, I guess we\'ll have to wait and see?! \r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Photo Transfer App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Photo Transfer App 4 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2010/4/7/new-iphone-photo-app-photo-transfer-app.html\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This is a great app that works exactly as described.  In my tests I transferred photos from one iPhone to another, from iPhone to MacBook, and most impressively from MacBook back to iPhone, and all at full-res!!”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.whatsoniphone.com/reviews/photo-transfer-app-review\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">WhatsOniPhone</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Would I Buy Again: Yes...sending pictures between iDevices tends to be something I do a lot. Anything that makes it easier is good in my book! I have a feeling that I\'ll be using this app a lot. It make sharing pictures much easier.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://bestapps.me/2010/photo-transfer-app-iphone-app-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">BestApps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“If you want to take your phone to the next level and make it even more easy to use between different devices, get this app to help you move pictures from device to device.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Photo Transfer App - Move Your iPhone Photos Over Wifi','','inherit','open','open','','4357-revision-18','','','2011-08-06 14:10:30','2011-08-06 14:10:30','',4357,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4357-revision-18.html',0,'revision','',0),(4638,14,'2011-08-09 22:55:25','2011-08-09 22:55:25','','Golden-hour','','inherit','open','open','','golden-hour','','','2011-08-09 22:55:25','2011-08-09 22:55:25','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Golden-hour.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4639,14,'2011-08-09 23:08:40','2011-08-09 23:08:40','There is something beautiful and incredibly engaging about photos that have been shot in natural light. The natural light of the sun can create stunning colors spanning the whole spectral range, something that just can’t be achieved with artificial lighting. Learning to harness the power and light of the sun in your photographs is a fantastic technique for taking your photography to the next level. \nPlaying with natural light in your photographs will likely take a bit of practice and of course, experimentation. You will need to learn how your camera handles natural light, and begin to understand what settings work best for you. But we’ve put together a few digital photography tips to get you started shooting in natural light. \n\n<h3>How The Time of Day and The Weather Affects Your Photos</h3> \n\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\n<div><a title=\"My most commented image... Amazing Rays of Sunset!, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/kamoteus/2070209030\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"320\" height=\"213\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Golden-hour.jpg\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>My most commented image... Amazing Rays of Sunset!</em>\nPhoto by Kamoteus</p>\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\n\n\nThe time of day and where the sun is physically in the sky will have a huge affect on the photos you take, and additionally where the shadows are in your photos. It’s been said that the optimum time for shooting with natural light is during the “Golden Hours” ie as the sun rises and sets. This is of course a really great starting point as you’re likely to get great natural lighting without harsh overhead shadows. \n\nDepending on your subject, it’s certainly worth experimenting with other times of day as well –for instance, people don’t often photograph well in harsh overhead sun as it causes unsightly shadows on the face and chin. But other subjects like landscapes or buildings may be just fine in overhead light. Further to that the shadows created at that time of day may add something spectacular to your shot. The point here is to start thinking about where the sun is in relation to your subject and how it will affect your photo. \n\nThe weather can also affect the light in your photos in both positive and negative ways. Although most photographers just starting out tend to think that a bright sunny day is best for getting good photos, a cloudy day may actually create a beautiful mood to your image. Cloud cover naturally diffuses the light from the sun, giving your photo dimension without casting difficult shadows.  \n\n<h3>Using Shadows To Create A Mood In Your Photos</h3> \n\nYou already know that shadows can give a photo dimension and become part of the subject of your photograph. But did you know that shadows also create a “mood” in your photo. A photo that is heavy with shadows, where there is more shadow than light creates a dark, intense, or even ominous mood. Whereas a photo that uses light shadowing can make the image come alive in a more three-dimensional way. When looking at a scene to photograph take into consideration the surroundings and how you could use those surroundings with the natural light on that day to “create a mood”. \n\n<h3>Using Natural Light for Indoor Photos</h3> \n\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\n<div><a title=\"sentiment is the poetry of my imagination..., on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/chemilo/3848440735\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\" height=\"600\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Indoor-lights.jpg\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>sentiment is the poetry of my imagination...</em>\nPhoto by crazyflogleg</p>\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\n\n\nAlthough it may seem like using the natural light in your photos is a technique that is best practiced with outdoor shooting, you can also use natural light to your advantage when shooting inside. Using the natural light from a nearby window can create dramatic effects. Just think of yourself as a cat – they always seem to find the natural light, wherever it is. Use that light to your advantage, and practice with reflecting the light and bouncing it with a reflector, a mirror, or even a piece of white foam board to move the light it around your subject. \n\nThere are so many ways to use the natural light available to you in your photographs. Practice with different techniques to discover what works best for you, and your photography style. When you begin to think about using the light to your advantage you’ll begin to see photography in a “new light”. Pun intended. \n','Photography Tips For Shooting In Natural Light ','','inherit','open','open','','4545-autosave','','','2011-08-09 23:08:40','2011-08-09 23:08:40','',4545,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4545-autosave.html',0,'revision','',0),(4640,14,'2011-08-09 22:55:42','2011-08-09 22:55:42','','Indoor-lights','','inherit','open','open','','indoor-lights','','','2011-08-09 22:55:42','2011-08-09 22:55:42','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Indoor-lights.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4641,14,'2011-08-06 10:52:36','2011-08-06 10:52:36','There is something beautiful and incredibly engaging about photos that have been shot in natural light. The natural light of the sun can create stunning colors spanning the whole spectral range, something that just can’t be achieved with artificial lighting. Learning to harness the power and light of the sun in your photographs is a fantastic technique for taking your photography to the next level. \r\nPlaying with natural light in your photographs will likely take a bit of practice and of course, experimentation. You will need to learn how your camera handles natural light, and begin to understand what settings work best for you. But we’ve put together a few digital photography tips to get you started shooting in natural light. \r\n\r\n<h3>How The Time of Day and The Weather Affects Your Photos</h3> \r\n\r\nThe time of day and where the sun is physically in the sky will have a huge affect on the photos you take, and additionally where the shadows are in your photos. It’s been said that the optimum time for shooting with natural light is during the “Golden Hours” ie as the sun rises and sets. This is of course a really great starting point as you’re likely to get great natural lighting without harsh overhead shadows. \r\n\r\nDepending on your subject, it’s certainly worth experimenting with other times of day as well –for instance, people don’t often photograph well in harsh overhead sun as it causes unsightly shadows on the face and chin. But other subjects like landscapes or buildings may be just fine in overhead light. Further to that the shadows created at that time of day may add something spectacular to your shot. The point here is to start thinking about where the sun is in relation to your subject and how it will affect your photo. \r\n\r\nThe weather can also affect the light in your photos in both positive and negative ways. Although most photographers just starting out tend to think that a bright sunny day is best for getting good photos, a cloudy day may actually create a beautiful mood to your image. Cloud cover naturally diffuses the light from the sun, giving your photo dimension without casting difficult shadows.  \r\n\r\n<h3>Using Shadows To Create A Mood In Your Photos</h3> \r\n\r\nYou already know that shadows can give a photo dimension and become part of the subject of your photograph. But did you know that shadows also create a “mood” in your photo. A photo that is heavy with shadows, where there is more shadow than light creates a dark, intense, or even ominous mood. Whereas a photo that uses light shadowing can make the image come alive in a more three-dimensional way. When looking at a scene to photograph take into consideration the surroundings and how you could use those surroundings with the natural light on that day to “create a mood”. \r\n\r\n<h3>Using Natural Light for Indoor Photos</h3> \r\n\r\nAlthough it may seem like using the natural light in your photos is a technique that is best practiced with outdoor shooting, you can also use natural light to your advantage when shooting inside. Using the natural light from a nearby window can create dramatic effects. Just think of yourself as a cat – they always seem to find the natural light, wherever it is. Use that light to your advantage, and practice with reflecting the light and bouncing it with a reflector, a mirror, or even a piece of white foam board to move the light it around your subject. \r\n\r\nThere are so many ways to use the natural light available to you in your photographs. Practice with different techniques to discover what works best for you, and your photography style. When you begin to think about using the light to your advantage you’ll begin to see photography in a “new light”. Pun intended. \r\n','Photography Tips For Shooting In Natural Light ','','inherit','open','open','','4545-revision-3','','','2011-08-06 10:52:36','2011-08-06 10:52:36','',4545,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4545-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(4642,14,'2011-08-09 23:04:41','2011-08-09 23:04:41','There is something beautiful and incredibly engaging about photos that have been shot in natural light. The natural light of the sun can create stunning colors spanning the whole spectral range, something that just can’t be achieved with artificial lighting. Learning to harness the power and light of the sun in your photographs is a fantastic technique for taking your photography to the next level. \r\nPlaying with natural light in your photographs will likely take a bit of practice and of course, experimentation. You will need to learn how your camera handles natural light, and begin to understand what settings work best for you. But we’ve put together a few digital photography tips to get you started shooting in natural light. \r\n\r\n<h3>How The Time of Day and The Weather Affects Your Photos</h3> \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"My most commented image... Amazing Rays of Sunset!, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/kamoteus/2070209030\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"320\" height=\"213\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Golden-hour.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>My most commented image... Amazing Rays of Sunset!</em>\r\nPhoto by Kamoteus</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n\r\nThe time of day and where the sun is physically in the sky will have a huge affect on the photos you take, and additionally where the shadows are in your photos. It’s been said that the optimum time for shooting with natural light is during the “Golden Hours” ie as the sun rises and sets. This is of course a really great starting point as you’re likely to get great natural lighting without harsh overhead shadows. \r\n\r\nDepending on your subject, it’s certainly worth experimenting with other times of day as well –for instance, people don’t often photograph well in harsh overhead sun as it causes unsightly shadows on the face and chin. But other subjects like landscapes or buildings may be just fine in overhead light. Further to that the shadows created at that time of day may add something spectacular to your shot. The point here is to start thinking about where the sun is in relation to your subject and how it will affect your photo. \r\n\r\nThe weather can also affect the light in your photos in both positive and negative ways. Although most photographers just starting out tend to think that a bright sunny day is best for getting good photos, a cloudy day may actually create a beautiful mood to your image. Cloud cover naturally diffuses the light from the sun, giving your photo dimension without casting difficult shadows.  \r\n\r\n<h3>Using Shadows To Create A Mood In Your Photos</h3> \r\n\r\nYou already know that shadows can give a photo dimension and become part of the subject of your photograph. But did you know that shadows also create a “mood” in your photo. A photo that is heavy with shadows, where there is more shadow than light creates a dark, intense, or even ominous mood. Whereas a photo that uses light shadowing can make the image come alive in a more three-dimensional way. When looking at a scene to photograph take into consideration the surroundings and how you could use those surroundings with the natural light on that day to “create a mood”. \r\n\r\n<h3>Using Natural Light for Indoor Photos</h3> \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"sentiment is the poetry of my imagination..., on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/chemilo/3848440735\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"320\" height=\"320\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Indoor-lights.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>sentiment is the poetry of my imagination...</em>\r\nPhoto by crazyflogleg</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n\r\nAlthough it may seem like using the natural light in your photos is a technique that is best practiced with outdoor shooting, you can also use natural light to your advantage when shooting inside. Using the natural light from a nearby window can create dramatic effects. Just think of yourself as a cat – they always seem to find the natural light, wherever it is. Use that light to your advantage, and practice with reflecting the light and bouncing it with a reflector, a mirror, or even a piece of white foam board to move the light it around your subject. \r\n\r\nThere are so many ways to use the natural light available to you in your photographs. Practice with different techniques to discover what works best for you, and your photography style. When you begin to think about using the light to your advantage you’ll begin to see photography in a “new light”. Pun intended. \r\n','Photography Tips For Shooting In Natural Light ','','inherit','open','open','','4545-revision-4','','','2011-08-09 23:04:41','2011-08-09 23:04:41','',4545,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4545-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(4643,14,'2011-08-09 23:47:26','2011-08-09 23:47:26','','FamilyPic1','','inherit','open','open','','familypic1','','','2011-08-09 23:47:26','2011-08-09 23:47:26','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/FamilyPic1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4649,14,'2011-08-10 00:24:22','2011-08-10 00:24:22','','Debunk','','inherit','open','open','','debunk','','','2011-08-10 00:24:22','2011-08-10 00:24:22','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Debunk.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4645,16,'2011-08-24 10:46:52','2011-08-24 10:46:52','Family portraits…they are a changin’! Gone are the days that we are getting the whole family together dressed in their Sunday best to sit still for three hours while little Jimmy turns his head another 20° to the left, and then another 30° back to the right. As photographic trends are changing most families are opting for more casual, personality-driven photos that really represent the individuality and style of the family.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"My Brother and his family, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/68961023@N00/3137073154/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\" height=\"407\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/family.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>My Brother & His Family</em>\r\nPhoto by Sandra Rouse</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h3>Here’s a few ideas to make your family portraits a little bit more modern:</h3>\r\n<h3>Shoot Inside Your Home</h3>\r\nHome is where the heart is right? More and more families are having their photos taken at home to show the family in their own surroundings. This is also a great way to get casual, comfortable photos of your family “in their element”. Just find a nice place in your house, or even outside in the yard or garden. Natural lighting is important for casual family photographs, and photos taken indoors by a window with good light with give a soft, “homely” feel.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Family, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/michaelswiet/5793919249/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"440\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/family3.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Family</em>\r\nPhoto by Michael Sweet</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h3>Be Candid</h3>\r\nWe already know that families are moving away from the stiffly posed photos of yesteryear and opting for more candid, “real” photos. Try to plan activities for the whole family to get involved in, creating a fun, relaxed scenario. Opt for places that are meaningful to the family, and interact with each other in a comfortable, casual, light-hearted manor. Someone in the family is sure to know a good joke!\r\n<h3>Dress Casually</h3>\r\nIt’s become a little bit more modern to dress the family in casual, everyday clothing that is complimentary rather than all family members wearing the same thing. That’s not to say you should let everyone choose their own clothes, as your young son might turn up in his Superman pajamas and your daughter in her favorite princess dress, but allowing each family member a little bit of individuality in their clothing will mean they are ultimately more comfortable and at ease in the photograph. Try coordinating clothes with a few common elements or colors for a polished, “together” feel.\r\n<h3>Use The Environment</h3>\r\nThe environment around your house or your city is a great backdrop for casual family photos. Urban environments provide interest and quirky style, where outdoor environments provide a softer, more natural style. If you opt for a cityscape look for interesting stairwells, brick walls, train tracks, secret passages, and fun sculptures to set up your photo. If you’re going for an outdoor shoot in natural surroundings, open grassy fields, interesting trees, sandy or rocky beaches and small hills to climb make great backdrops. Also think about bringing a few props, maybe a parasol, hats, sunglasses, or something small to sit on – a few simple props will go a long way!\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Wandering Boys, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/43431420@N07/5618012822/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"333\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/family2.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Wandering Boys</em>\r\nPhoto by Yaggi Photography</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nGetting modern, casual family photographs doesn’t have to be difficult or expensive. With a little bit of planning and creativity, you can get great shots that reflect your family’s style and individuality. Finally, work with a photographer that whom you feel comfortable and at ease with, and show them the type of photos you would like before committing!','Get Fantastic Family Photos','','inherit','open','open','','4549-autosave','','','2011-08-24 10:46:52','2011-08-24 10:46:52','',4549,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4549-autosave.html',0,'revision','',0),(4755,16,'2011-08-17 08:02:39','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','We\'re debunking common #photography myths today! Feel better about your photography NOW. http://tinyurl.com/3jwlqa6','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-08-17 08:02:39','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=4755',0,'tweet','',0),(4756,16,'2011-08-18 17:49:43','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','Macro iPhoneography with Hope-Valarie Pashos, another brilliant entry to our #iphoneography series.  http://tinyurl.com/3aop6bu','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-08-18 17:49:43','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=4756',0,'tweet','',0),(4646,14,'2011-08-06 11:06:18','2011-08-06 11:06:18','Family portraits…they are a changin’! Gone are the days that we are getting the whole family together dressed in their Sunday best to sit still for three hours while little Jimmy turns his head another 20° to the left, and then another 30° back to the right. As photographic trends are changing most families are opting for more casual, personality-driven photos that really represent the individuality and style of the family.  \r\n\r\n<h3>Here’s a few ideas to make your family portraits a little bit more modern:</h3> \r\n\r\n<h3>Shoot Inside Your Home</h3> \r\n\r\nHome is where the heart is right? More and more families are having their photos taken at home to show the family in their own surroundings. This is also a great way to get casual, comfortable photos of your family “in their element”. Just find a nice place in your house, or even outside in the yard or garden. Natural lighting is important for casual family photographs, and photos taken indoors by a window with good light with give a soft, “homely” feel. \r\n\r\n<h3>Be Candid</h3>\r\n\r\nWe already know that families are moving away from the stiffly posed photos of yesteryear and opting for more candid, “real” photos. Try to plan activities for the whole family to get involved in, creating a fun, relaxed scenario. Opt for places that are meaningful to the family, and interact with each other in a comfortable, casual, light-hearted manor. Someone in the family is sure to know a good joke! \r\n\r\n<h3>Dress Casually</h3> \r\n\r\nIt’s become a little bit more modern to dress the family in casual, everyday clothing that is complimentary rather than all family members wearing the same thing. That’s not to say you should let everyone choose their own clothes, as your young son might turn up in his Superman pajamas and your daughter in her favorite princess dress, but allowing each family member a little bit of individuality in their clothing will mean they are ultimately more comfortable and at ease in the photograph. Try coordinating clothes with a few common elements or colors for a polished, “together” feel. \r\n\r\n<h3>Use The Environment</h3> \r\n\r\nThe environment around your house or your city is a great backdrop for casual family photos. Urban environments provide interest and quirky style, where outdoor environments provide a softer, more natural style. If you opt for a cityscape look for interesting stairwells, brick walls, train tracks, secret passages, and fun sculptures to set up your photo. If you’re going for an outdoor shoot in natural surroundings, open grassy fields, interesting trees, sandy or rocky beaches and small hills to climb make great backdrops. Also think about bringing a few props, maybe a parasol, hats, sunglasses, or something small to sit on – a few simple props will go a long way! \r\n\r\nGetting modern, casual family photographs doesn’t have to be difficult or expensive. With a little bit of planning and creativity, you can get great shots that reflect your family’s style and individuality. Finally, work with a photographer that whom you feel comfortable and at ease with, and show them the type of photos you would like before committing! \r\n','Get Fantastic Family Photos','','inherit','open','open','','4549-revision-4','','','2011-08-06 11:06:18','2011-08-06 11:06:18','',4549,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4549-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(2921,14,'2011-05-30 14:54:22','2011-05-30 14:54:22','You\'re here because you love iPhone photography...but your iPhoneography habit is kicking your poor little iPhone batteries behind, and leaving it on the curb for dead. Look, iPhone photography is addicting...its fun...it just takes so much darn power! So what\'s an addict to do? Well, we\'re certainly not suggesting you give up iPhone photography altogether, but rather learn how to live in a world of app moderation and software trickery so you can extend your iPhone battery life, and ultimately, take more photos. It\'s like the 80/20 rule for iPhones...sorta. \r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/give-your-battery-breathing-room.jpg\"><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/give-your-battery-breathing-room.jpg\" alt=\"\" title=\"give your battery breathing room\" width=\"500\" height=\"255\" class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-3058\" /></a>\r\n\r\nHere\'s a few useful tips on how you can prolong the battery life of your iPhone (without any additional gear) when you are out and about taking photos: \r\n<ol>\r\n\r\n<li><strong>Turn off push notifications. </strong></li>\r\n\r\niPhone’s alert feature is one of the biggest culprits for zapping your battery. The apps which utilize this feature monitor your iPhone activities all the time, when your phone is on, your push notifications are using energy that you could be using to take photos.\r\n\r\nTo make sure your push notifications are off, Go to Settings > Notifications and switch off all the alerts, sounds, and badges you rarely use. \r\n\r\n<li><strong>Turn off email notifications.</strong></li>\r\n\r\nSet your iPhone’s email app to manual instead of directing your iPhone to check for new emails every 15 minutes. As above, this constant searching for new emails and sending notifications is a large drain on your resources. \r\n\r\n<li><strong>Enable the LCD auto-brightness.</strong></li>\r\n\r\nYou don\'t need your full beams on all the time, do you? Enable your iPhone’s Auto-Brightness so that the LCD will automatically adjust to the lighting conditions, thus saving your battery. \r\n\r\nTo do this, go to Settings > Brightness and set Auto-Brightness to On.\r\n\r\n<li><strong>Shut down background tasks</strong></li>\r\n\r\nThe iOS 4 has the ability for multitasking, that is, the ability to have one or more apps running in the background such as Skype, or Pandora, while you use another app, play a game, or read your emails. This does however dry out your battery, especially if you’re running apps which use the Internet in the background. \r\n\r\nAll you need to do to shut \'em down is double tap the home button, hold your finger on one of the apps in the bottom row that appears, and close them by tapping the small x in the left hand corner of the icon.  \r\n\r\n<li><strong>Turn off the communication hardware</strong></li>\r\n\r\n3G, WiFI, Bluetooth, and GPS are all tremendously power-hungry and if you are in an area where you have little signal, you probably don\'t need them anyway. Turning them off, or even switching your iPhone into Airplane Mode will definitely extend your iPhone battery life allowing you to take more photos!\r\n\r\nIf you\'ve done all of the above and you still need more power? Check out our post on <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/boost-your-iphone-battery-life.html\" title=\"Boost The Life of your iPhone Battery\">battery extenders!</a>   \r\n\r\n</ol>','Extend your iPhone Battery Life To Take More Photos','','publish','open','open','','extend-your-iphone-battery-life-to-take-more-photos','','','2011-06-21 14:53:16','2011-06-21 14:53:16','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=2921',0,'post','',0),